manualshive.com logo in svg

Ricoh D0C8, Service Manual

The Ricoh D0C8 Service Manual is a comprehensive guide that provides detailed instructions on how to properly maintain and repair your Ricoh D0C8 printer. Easily download this manual for free from manualshive.com to ensure that your printer continues to operate at its best.

Share
Download
background image

SP5-XXX (Mode) 
 

D0CA/D0C9/D0C8/D0CB 

3-218 

SM Appendices 

SP No. 

Large Category 

Small Category 

ENG 

or 

CTL 

[Min to 

Max/Init./Step] 

5-760-01

0 

PaaS 

Unregistration 

CTL 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-01

1 

PaaS 

Overwrite Registration on 

Server 

CTL 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-01

2 

PaaS 

Execution Return Code 

CTL 

[0 to 255 / 0 / 

1/step] 

5-760-01

3 

PaaS 

Error Code 

CTL 

[0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 

1/step] 

5-760-01

4 

PaaS 

3G Signal Error 

CTL 

[0 to 0 / 0 / 0/step] 

5-760-01

5 

PaaS 

Use Proxy 

CTL* 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-01

6 

PaaS 

Proxy Server  

CTL* 

[0 to 0 / 0 / 0/step] 

5-760-01

7 

PaaS 

Proxy Port Number 

CTL* 

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 

1/step] 

5-760-01

8 

PaaS 

Proxy User Name 

CTL* 

[0 to 0 / 0 / 0/step] 

5-760-01

9 

PaaS 

Proxy User Password 

CTL* 

[0 to 0 / 0 / 0/step] 

5-760-02

0 

PaaS 

Retry Interval 

CTL* 

[0 to 65535 / 5 / 

1sec/step] 

5-760-02

1 

PaaS 

Retry Count 

CTL* 

[0 to 255 / 3 / 

1/step] 

5-760-02

2 

PaaS 

Device Information Call 

CTL 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-02

3 

PaaS 

Next Update Time 

CTL* 

[0 to 0 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-02

4 

PaaS 

Enter Normal Mode 

CTL 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-02

5 

PaaS 

Prescribed Print Sheet 

No/Page 

CTL 

[0 to 99999999 / 0 

/ 1/step] 

5-760-02

7 

PaaS 

Permit Setting 

CTL* 

[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step] 

5-760-02

8 

PaaS 

Selection Country 

CTL* 

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 

0: China 

Summary of Contents for D0C8

Page 1: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB SERVICE MANUAL Rev 08 26 2021...

Page 2: ...PERMISSION OF RICOH USA Inc All product names domain names or product illustrations including desktop images used in this document are trademarks registered trademarks or the property of their respect...

Page 3: ...Inc Users of this manual should be either service trained or certified by successfully completing a Ricoh Technical Training Program Untrained and uncertified users utilizing information contained in...

Page 4: ......

Page 5: ...UCT CODE COMPANY LANIER RICOH SAVIN D0AC IM C300 IM C300 IM C300 D0C9 IM C300F IM C300F IM C300F D0C8 IM C400F IM C400F IM C400F D0CB IM C300SRF IM C300SRF IM C300SRF DOCUMENTATION HISTORY REV NO DATE...

Page 6: ......

Page 7: ...2 6 2 2 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION IMPORTANT NOTICE ON SECURITY ISSUES 2 7 2 2 1 OVERVIEW 2 7 2 2 2 PASSWORD SETTING PROCEDURE 2 8 2 3 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION ACCESSORY CHECK 2 10 2 3 1 FOR IM C300 C...

Page 8: ...irmware update Update Execute update in SP mode check the following 2 30 Specifying the Time and Day of the Week to Prohibit Updating via Web Image Monitor 2 32 2 4 9 SETTINGS RELEVANT TO THE SERVICE...

Page 9: ...2 12 2INSTALLATION CONDITIONS 2 63 2 12 3INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 2 64 Remove the handle A attached to the back of the caster table 2 64 Remove the handle A attached to the back of the caster table 2 6...

Page 10: ...Y CHECK 2 123 2 19 2INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 2 124 For Installing the Tray Heater on the 1st Paper Feed Unit 2 124 For Installing the Tray Heater on the 2nd Optional Paper Feed Unit 2 130 For Joining th...

Page 11: ...t 2 162 2 21 3DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE M19 D3BS 03 2 162 Overview 2 162 Component Check 2 162 Before You Begin the Procedure 2 162 Seal Check and Removal 2 163 Installation Procedure 2 164 Co...

Page 12: ...r board PCB24 and the operation unit in this state not only these boards but other electrical components will be damaged 4 1 When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet there is still r...

Page 13: ...34 4 4 4 REAR COVER 4 35 4 4 5 RIGHT REAR COVER 4 35 4 4 6 PAPER EXIT TRAY 4 37 Paper Exit Tray for IM C300 series IM C400F 4 37 Paper Exit Front Cover Paper Exit Upper Cover Paper Exit Tray for IM C4...

Page 14: ...4 64 Adjustment after CIS Unit Replacement 4 67 4 7 SCANNER 4 70 4 7 1 SCANNER UNIT 4 70 4 7 2 SCANNER UNIT WITH THE ADF 4 72 4 7 3 SCANNER FRONT COVER 4 77 4 7 4 ADF POSITION SENSOR S19 4 78 4 7 5 SC...

Page 15: ...0 3TONER SUPPLY MOTORS M1 M4 4 115 4 10 4TONER TRANSPORT SECTION 4 117 Before replacing the toner transport section the toner sub hopper reset the PM counter and execute the forced toner supply 4 117...

Page 16: ...EX CLUTCH CL6 BYPASS FEED CLUTCH CL7 REGISTRATION CLUTCH CL8 PAPER FEED CLUTCH CL9 VERTICAL TRANSPORT CLUTCH CL10 4 148 Remove the following parts 4 148 Remove the following parts 4 150 4 14 FUSING 4...

Page 17: ...er Paper feed roller and Friction roller reset the PM counter 4 172 Pull out the paper feed tray 4 172 Paper Feed Unit 4 173 Paper Feed Sensor S31 4 174 Tray Paper End Sensor main unit S30 4 175 Tray...

Page 18: ...n the BiCU 4 220 4 19 5CONTROLLER BOX 4 222 4 19 6PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 4 228 Remove the following parts 4 229 Follow common procedures above 4 230 Follow common procedures above 4 230 Follow comm...

Page 19: ...cess line speed Use SP mode SP1 001 to adjust the leading edge registration 4 255 Adjustment Procedure 4 256 4 20 5ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT 4 256 4 20 6COLOR REGISTRATION 4 257 Line Position Adjustment...

Page 20: ...5 19 How to Install Firmware Downloaded with Reserve 5 20 5 5 FIRMWARE UPDATE REMOTE FIRMWARE UPDATE 5 23 5 5 1 RFU PERFORMABLE CONDITION 5 23 5 6 FIRMWARE UPDATE AUTO REMOTE FIRMWARE UPDATE 5 24 5 6...

Page 21: ...A IMPORT EXPORT 5 60 Data that can be Imported and Exported 5 60 Data that cannot be Imported or Exported 5 60 Exporting Device Information 5 61 Importing Device Information 5 62 5 13 2SP DATA IMPORT...

Page 22: ...tter made by Panasonic 6 103 Turn the main power OFF and check the SD card insertion status 6 103 6 10 SC9XX OTHERS 6 114 6 11PROCESS CONTROL ERROR CONDITIONS 6 127 6 11 1 PROCESS CONTROL SELF CHECK R...

Page 23: ...ON ADJUSTMENT 6 141 Test 6 141 Countermeasure List for Color Registration Errors 6 142 6 12 7BLANK PRINT 6 146 6 12 8ALL BLACK PRINT 6 147 6 12 9MISSING CMY COLOR 6 147 6 12 10 LIGHT PRINT 6 147 6 12...

Page 24: ...PAPER PATH 7 4 7 1 3 DRIVE LAYOUT 7 7 7 1 4 COMPONENT LAYOUT 7 9 Scanner Unit Laser Unit Others 7 9 Internal Finisher 7 11 Paper Feed 7 12 Paper Exit Duplex Waste Toner 7 14 Fusing 7 15 Development U...

Page 25: ...NER SUPPLY SECTION 7 51 7 7 1 OVERVIEW 7 51 7 7 2 TONER SUPPLY AND TRANSPORT MECHANISM 7 51 7 7 3 TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR MECHANISM 7 53 7 7 4 TONER NEAR END END DETECTION 7 53 Estimated Toner Near En...

Page 26: ...L 7 78 7 11 6 CPM DOWN CONTROL 7 79 7 12 PAPER FEED AND REGISTRATION IM C300 SERIES 7 80 7 12 1OVERVIEW 7 80 7 12 2PAPER TRANSPORT MOTOR M12 7 81 7 12 3TRAY LIFT MECHANISM 7 82 7 12 4TRANSPORT CONTROL...

Page 27: ...CATION OF UP TIME FOR EACH ENERGY SAVING STATE 7 121 7 20 4CHECKING THE UP TIME BY DEVICE STATE 7 122 7 20 5RECOMMENDATION 7 123 7 21 NEW FUNCTIONS 7 124 7 21 1PS3 PDF DIRECT EMULATION CLONE PS 7 124...

Page 28: ...4 CONTROLLING THE POWER SUPPLY 8 23 Exiting Energy Saving Modes 8 23 Screen Startup Mode 8 23 In Normal mode 8 24 In Quick mode 8 24 Shutdown Functions 8 25 8 3 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 8 27 8 3 1 MAINTENA...

Page 29: ...Media 8 52 Creating a media card for update 8 52 Installation Update from the eDC Server 8 53 Log in to the control panel s service mode 8 53 Log in to the control panel s service mode 8 53 Log in to...

Page 30: ...ollow the third party vendor s instructions 8 61 8 4 4 FACTORY RESET AND RESTORATION 8 62 Factory Reset 8 62 8 4 5 ERRORS THAT OCCUR DURING APPLICATION UPDATE FROM AN SD CARD 8 64 Error Messages 8 64...

Page 31: ...ons The meaning of those symbols and abbreviations are as follows Symbol What it means Clip ring Screw Connector Clamp E ring Flat Flexible Cable Timing Belt SEF Short Edge Feed LEF Long Edge Feed K B...

Page 32: ...logy MIT Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Macintosh OS X Bonjour Safari and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows Se...

Page 33: ...of Windows 8 1 are as follows Microsoft Windows 8 1 Microsoft Windows 8 1 Pro Microsoft Windows 8 1 Enterprise The product names of Windows 10 are as follows Microsoft Windows 10 Home Premium Microso...

Page 34: ...2012 R2 Standard Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and might be trademarks of their respective companies We disclaim any and all rights to those marks Microsoft prod...

Page 35: ...PRODUCT INFORMATION...

Page 36: ......

Page 37: ...Provided via an SD card Standard on board Smart operation panel Version G2 5 G2 Board with NFC tag Multiple units Vanskee Enterprise SAG Only one company Vanskee Enterprise Auto Color Calibration ACC...

Page 38: ...RF Friction pad system Machine Ventilation Paper exit exhaust fan FAN5 added only for C400SRF Caster Table Optional Not supported Paper feed unit Maximum installable number Three Two Duplex Delivery P...

Page 39: ...MACHINE NA North America EU Europe AA Asia Pacific CHN China TWN Taiwan KOR Korea Product name Machine Code Remarks Initial configuration IM C300 D0CA IM C300 for EU AA IM C300F D0C9 IM C300F for NA...

Page 40: ...uration D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 1 4 SM Item Machine Code Remarks New Option 1 Bin Tray BN1040 1 D574 Yes Page Keeper Type M28 2 D3DQ Only for NA EU No Paper Feed Unit PB1170 3 D3GQ Up to 3 can be stacked...

Page 41: ...NA North America EU Europe AA Asia Pacific CHN China TWN Taiwan KOR Korea Item Machine Code Remarks New Option Fax Option Type M41 1 D0CK 02 EU AA KOR Yes Fax Connection Unit Type M41 D0CK 00 Only for...

Page 42: ...uired merge all applications into one SD card with the SP mode SD Card Appli Move Yes XPS Direct Print Option Type M41 4 D0CJ 02 NA D0CJ 20 AA CHN TWN KOR Yes PostScript3 Unit Type M41 4 D0CJ 26 NA D0...

Page 43: ...pecifications SM 1 7 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Product Information 1 3 SPECIFICATIONS See Appendices for the following information Specifications Supported Paper Sizes Software Accessories Optional Equipmen...

Page 44: ......

Page 45: ...INSTALLATION...

Page 46: ......

Page 47: ...d direct exposure to the following 1 Cool air from an air conditioner 2 Heat from a heater 6 Do not install the machine in areas that are exposed to corrosive gas 7 Do not install the machine at any l...

Page 48: ...rmful to human health Therefore the machine must be installed in a well ventilated room A IM C300 series IM C400F Over 7 cm 2 75 IM C400SRF Over 5 cm 1 96 B Over 10 cm 3 93 C IM C300 series IM C400F O...

Page 49: ...x 561 x 590 mm 19 6 23 0 23 2 IM C400SRF 615 x 561 x 706 mm 24 2 23 0 27 7 including ADF and operation panel Main unit only When the operation panel is upright 708 x 561 mm When the operation panel i...

Page 50: ...When the operation panel is face up 825 x 605 mm Callout mm inch Callout mm inch A 546 2 mm approx 21 5 G 554 mm approx 21 8 B 498 mm approx 19 6 H 595 mm approx 23 4 C 425 mm approx 16 7 I 510 mm app...

Page 51: ...out mm inch Callout mm inch J 505 mm approx 19 9 L 654 mm approx 25 7 K 590 mm approx 23 2 M 560 mm approx 22 N 621 mm approx 24 4 O 706 mm approx 27 7 Callout mm inch Note A 1068 mm approx 42 0 IM C4...

Page 52: ...nsion plug or cord Ground the machine 1 Input voltage level 110 V 60 Hz More than 11 A 120 to 127 V 60 Hz More than 11 A 220 V to 240 V 50 Hz 60 Hz More than 5 5 A 2 Permissible voltage fluctuation NA...

Page 53: ...ator screen press Change next to Supervisor and then touch OK without inputting any password 2 Touch OK again when the Confirm password display shows up 3 For Administrator 1 do the same procedure as...

Page 54: ...supplied with the MFP When Supervisor Administrator 1 4 passwords are configured via network the Change Supervisor login password window won t display 2 2 2 PASSWORD SETTING PROCEDURE 1 After the inst...

Page 55: ...the password and then press OK 8 Turn the main power OFF and back ON again The passwords for Supervisor or Administrator 1 to 4 can be set via System Settings but the Program Change Administrator scr...

Page 56: ...te Core 1 1 1 Modular Cord with Ferrite Core 1 Power Supply Cord 1 1 1 1 CD ROM Printer and Scanner Drivers 1 1 1 CD ROM Operating Instructions 1 CD ROM Printer and Scanner Drivers Operating Instructi...

Page 57: ...h Ferrite Core 1 Power Supply Cord 1 1 1 1 CD ROM Printer and Scanner Drivers 1 1 1 CD ROM Operating Instructions 1 CD ROM Printer and Scanner Drivers Operating Instructions 1 Manual Safety Informatio...

Page 58: ...stallation Procedures D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 12 SM 2 4 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 2 4 1 INSTALLATION FLOWCHART The flowcharts as shown below show the best procedure for installat...

Page 59: ...l paper feed unit at the same time first install the optional paper feed unit and then install the main unit and other options 1 Remove the main unit from the packing box and check the supplied items...

Page 60: ...Main Machine Installation Installation Procedures D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 14 SM IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF...

Page 61: ...ull out the paper feed tray and remove the packaging tapes and protective sheet A inside 4 Open the ADF and then remove all the tapes and the retainer protective sheet A from the exposure glass 5 Open...

Page 62: ...0CB 2 16 SM Do not remove the packaging tape A at this time 7 Do the following procedure to remove the waste toner bottle IM C300 series 1 Close the front cover and then remove the paper feed tray 2 O...

Page 63: ...D0C8 D0CB Installation IM C400 series 1 Remove the waste toner bottle A 8 Remove the packaging tape A attached to the lever 9 Set the lever A to the upright position 10 Attach the waste toner bottle...

Page 64: ...with K Black bottle and then C M and Y 14 Close the front cover 15 Connect the power cord to the machine 16 Connect the network cable if the client IP addresses are automatically provided through a sy...

Page 65: ...18 After the toner initialization is completed the machine beeps and the following message is displayed Turn the main power OFF and back ON again DO NOT switch OFF the main power until the machine fi...

Page 66: ...M 2 4 4 INSTALLING THE FINISHER EXTENSION TRAY IM C400SRF ONLY 1 Install the extension tray A in the finisher 2 4 5 BRAND PLATE DECALS 1 Attach the brand plate A to the front cover if it is not attach...

Page 67: ...D0C8 D0CB Installation Store unused decals in the designated location as follows Step 1 and 2 apply to ONLY IMC300 series 1 Pull out the paper feed tray 2 Remove the front lower cover A 3 Open the fro...

Page 68: ...a double loop 3 cm A from the cable end to be connected to the machine s connection socket and then attach the supplied ferrite core 2 Plug the connector into the LINE socket 3 Insert the power plug i...

Page 69: ...l paper trays is installed do the following SPs as well SP1 002 003 Side to Side Registration Paper Tray 2 SP1 002 004 Side to Side Registration Paper Tray 3 SP1 002 005 Side to Side Registration Pape...

Page 70: ...te paper on the test chart This ensures the precise ACC adjustment 4 Press Start Scanning The machine starts the ACC 5 Confirm that the execution result is displayed For the Quick Test Pattern the exe...

Page 71: ...ew Adjustment is required if all SP values are within 5 The adjustment procedure is as follows Remove the paper exit tray A 1 Close the front cover 2 Adjust the skew of the laser unit as follows Turn...

Page 72: ...ach all parts that you removed in the above steps 7 Print the test chart and check the image quality Do not touch the laser units while installing the paper exit tray If the laser units move the color...

Page 73: ...rotation A Black B Cyan C Magenta D Yellow 5 Check that the front cover is closed and execute SP2 111 004 Forced Line Position Adj Mode d 6 Check the SP values for SP2 117 001 to 004 and repeat steps...

Page 74: ...fy ARFU settings as required Operating Conditions ARFU requires an internet connection Be sure to get permission from the customer before setting up ARFU The connection is one way so the user s data c...

Page 75: ...it Term Setting displays the scheduled date and time of the next ARFU If error code 71 Network connection error appears when you click Execute update see troubleshooting below Ask the customer for the...

Page 76: ...ttings icon System Settings Network Interface 4 2 IPv4 address of the DNS server Check the DNS IPv4 address and check the connection In Settings icon System Settings Network Interface DNS Configuratio...

Page 77: ...PortNumber SP5 816 065 Proxy User Name SP5 816 066 Proxy Password If access to the external server is restricted request the network administrator customer to permit the following FQDN name for commun...

Page 78: ...Web Image Monitor 2 Log in as the machine administrator 3 Go to Device Management and then click Configuration 4 Click Auto Firmware Update Turn the main power OFF and back ON again after setting SP5...

Page 79: ...ther the counter is doubled for A3 DLT size paper 0 Single counting SP5 812 001 and 002 Service Tel Telephone Facsimile 001 shows or sets the telephone number of the service representative 002 shows o...

Page 80: ...e mainframe must be 0 2 Print the SMC with SP5 990 002 and check the device ID2 from SP5 811 003 make sure it is programmed correctly 6 spaces must be put between the 3 digit prefix and the following...

Page 81: ...Dial up authentication error These errors occur only in the modems that support Remote 21 Answer tone detection error 22 Carrier detection error 23 Invalid setting value modem 24 Low power supply cur...

Page 82: ...ration Perform Confirmation before attempting the Registration 12004 Attempted setting with illegal entries for certification and ID2 Check ID2 of the mainframe 12005 Remote communication is prohibite...

Page 83: ...ce 2391 Two registrations for the same mainframe Check the registration condition of the mainframe 2392 Parameter error 2393 External RCG not managed 2394 Mainframe not managed 2395 Box ID for externa...

Page 84: ...can cause an injury The following should be done before transporting the machine 1 Remove the paper tray and waste toner bottle and then move the ITB contact lever down to the shipping position IM C40...

Page 85: ...ft in the paper trays and then fix down the bottom plates with a sheet of paper and securing tape 6 Attach securing tape to stop the waste toner bottle from coming out 7 Do one of the following Attach...

Page 86: ...ver setting 1 Press the Settings icon 2 Press System Settings Network Interface 3 Configure the required settings in Network Interface For the settings to be specified see the user manual Check whethe...

Page 87: ...while operating the machine By default this setting is set to OFF and the interval to display the alert is set to 10 minutes Specify the setting according to the customer s request If the customer do...

Page 88: ...e Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption functions on a machine that is already running it is recommended to activate these functions by selecting All Data in Machine Data Encryption Settings Sett...

Page 89: ...mer these settings must be changed before the installation procedure 2 Make sure that Administrator Authentication is On Settings icon System Settings Administrator Authentication User Authentication...

Page 90: ...hen with its complement then with another random number and the data is verified Random Numbers Overwrites data multiple times with random numbers Select the number of overwrites from one to nine 1 Na...

Page 91: ...lights up when there is data to be overwritten and flashes during overwriting Overwriting starts automatically once the job is completed The Copier Fax and Printer functions take priority over the Au...

Page 92: ...If this setting is disabled not selected tell the customer this setting must be enabled selected before the installation procedure Enable Encryption Setting The data saved on the HDD such as Address B...

Page 93: ...wing data are encrypted or initialized Data that are encrypted Program log of the Embedded Software Architecture application Address Book registered fonts job logs access logs thumbnail images of stor...

Page 94: ...gement Machine Data Encryption Settings 4 Confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display Backing Up the Encryption Key The encryption key can be backed up Select whether to s...

Page 95: ...r xxxxxxxxxxx 11 digits 4 Create a text file called key_xxxxxxxxxxx txt and save it in the xxxxxxxxxxx folder Write the encryption key in the text file restore_key xxxxxxxxxxx key_xxxxxxxxxxx txt Ask...

Page 96: ...nk spaces It is judged that a forced start has been selected when the content of nvclear is executed and the machine shifts to the alternate system forced start 4 Confirm that a message is displayed o...

Page 97: ...solution is displayed on the operation panel and users can attempt to resolve the problem by themselves By offering this solution we aim to reduce the number of calls thereby improving the rate of se...

Page 98: ...an be disabled via UP or SP modes as follows UP setting 1 Enable machine administrator authentication and login as administrator 2 Press Settings icon 3 Press System Settings 4 Press Machine Others Su...

Page 99: ...rt Settings SM 2 53 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 5 Enable or disable Help Functions If this function is disabled in SP mode 5 828 091 Network Setting Web the function in the UP setting menu will n...

Page 100: ...issue through real time screen sharing remote guidance and operation Previously to avoid security concerns the function was disabled by default However this has changed and the application is now ena...

Page 101: ...nes produced from September 2018 The setting is located in RemoteSupport Service However the name of the settings menu is RemoteConnect Support RemoteConnectSupport can be found in the application lis...

Page 102: ...e panel If the setup was not done correctly the four digits will not be displayed RemoteConnect Service requires an Internet connection so the following error message might appear after long pressing...

Page 103: ...many cases disabling RemoteConnect Support should be sufficient However if a customer asks for RemoteConnect Support to be completely uninstalled remove it by conducting the following procedure 1 Log...

Page 104: ...any the machine administrator can use the remote control to check for errors operate machines and change settings to provide support and manage machines easily A Smart Operation Panel G2 5 B Web brows...

Page 105: ...later versions and Microsoft Edge 40 and later versions About the Settings This function has been preinstalled Its icon does not appear on the operation panel For security reasons the settings have no...

Page 106: ...l Paper Size Tray Number 1 Decal CHN 10mm 1 Decal CHN Date 40mm 1 A Joint bracket Front left 1 B Joint bracket Front right 1 C Joint bracket Front center 1 D Joint bracket Frame 1 E Joint bracket Rear...

Page 107: ...paper feed units attached If the machine already has one or more optional paper feed unit s attached be sure to disconnect the machine and paper feed unit s and lift them up separately when moving tr...

Page 108: ...ove and below the line C on each tray of the paper feed unit 4 Load paper into the paper tray s and set the side fences and end fence s 5 Adjust the registration for each tray Image Adjustment For tra...

Page 109: ...ing Pin Left 1 3 Joint Bracket A 2 4 Fixing Screw 7 5 Cap for a Handle 2 6 Joint Bracket B 1 2 12 2 INSTALLATION CONDITIONS Possible configurations are as follows Optional paper feed units 0 1 2 3 Sec...

Page 110: ...le A attached to the back of the caster table 1 Attach the handle A removed in step 1 to the screw holes on the front of the caster table 2 Fit the caps A in the screw hole of the handle 3 Attach two...

Page 111: ...on the front side lower the stabilizer until the machine is stable and tighten the screws 6 Loosen the screws of the stabilizers on the left right and rear sides lower the stabilizers and tighten the...

Page 112: ...Attach two pins to the caster table Attach the long pin A to the right hole and the short pin B to the left hole 4 Attach the bracket A to the caster table 5 Place the optional paper feed unit B on th...

Page 113: ...0CB Installation 8 Secure the caster table and optional paper feed unit with the screw A 9 Remove the rear cover A of the optional paper feed unit 10 Secure the caster table and the 1st level of the o...

Page 114: ...rackets A Use the screws B on the main machine 12 Reattach the rear cover of the optional paper feed unit 13 Loosen the screws of the stabilizer A on the front side lower the stabilizer until the mach...

Page 115: ...ached to the back of the caster table 1 Attach the handle A removed in step 1 to the screw holes on the front of the caster table 2 Fit the caps A in the screw hole of the handle 3 Attach two pins to...

Page 116: ...table 5 Place the optional paper feed units B C on the caster table A 6 Place the main machine D on the optional paper feed unit C 7 Pull out the paper feed tray 8 Secure the caster table and optional...

Page 117: ...Caster Table Type M41 D3GW03 SM 2 71 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 10 Secure the caster table and the 2nd level of the optional paper feed unit with the two joint brackets A...

Page 118: ...ews B on the main machine Installing the caster table optional paper feed unit 3nd level and main machine Follow the same procedure when installing the 3rd level of the optional paper feed unit When y...

Page 119: ...stallation 13 Loosen the screws of the stabilizer A on the front side lower the stabilizer until the machine is stable and tighten the screws 14 Loosen the screws of the stabilizers on the left right...

Page 120: ...s against the following list No Description Q ty 1 1 Bin Tray Unit 1 2 Tray 1 3 Binding Screw M3 6 2 4 Screw M3 10 18 5 Grounding Plate 1 6 Front Right Cover 1 7 Left Upper Cover 1 8 Right Upper Cover...

Page 121: ...DURE Turn OFF the main power and unplug the power cord from the wall socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur Remove the left upper cov...

Page 122: ...ront right cover A and the hinge cover B 4 Remove the scanner rear cover A and scanner rear small cover B 5 Release two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board PCB12 A and FFC to release t...

Page 123: ...D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation Remove the FFC fixing bracket while turning it counterclockwise and releasing the tab 7 Release the clamp for fixing the I F cable A 8 Remove the grounding plate A This pr...

Page 124: ...board PCB12 while pulling it out straight because it does not have a lock mechanism 10 Remove the harnesses and FFC from the scanner unit on the BiCU PCB1 A When lifting the scanner unit move the harn...

Page 125: ...ray BN1040 D574 59 SM 2 79 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 11 Remove the screws and then remove the scanner unit B with the ADF A Remove the Packaging tapes on the 1 bin tray unit 1 Attach the small...

Page 126: ...A M3x10 4 screws and M3 6 1 binding screw D Fasten the grounding wire B included in this kit with one screw as shown below Fasten the other end of the grounding wire with the screw C 4 Connect the con...

Page 127: ...1 Bin Tray BN1040 D574 59 SM 2 81 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 5 Install the 1 bin tray A 6 Install the scanner unit A with the ADF...

Page 128: ...t 7 Attach the grounding plate A and clamp the harness B to the ADF Upper blue screw 1 Lower M3x10 existing 8 Connect the relay board PCB12 A and FFC B Turn over twice to unravel the FFC The FFC does...

Page 129: ...hree hooks A on the FFC fixing bracket 11 Attach the FFC with the screw C 12 Set two ferrite cores B in the ferrite core holder A included in this kit 13 Route the FFC of the scanner unit through the...

Page 130: ...d connect it to the BiCU PCB1 The FFC should be routed under the USB cable Do not connect the FFC at an angle Otherwise the scanner unit may be damaged Connect the scanner FFC for the BiCU PCB1 while...

Page 131: ...ear cover A from the accessories Rear upper cover B from the accessories Left upper cover C from the accessories not the original cover 17 Attach the following items Scanner rear small cover Scanner r...

Page 132: ...und plate Receiver 1 3 Double feed sensor Emitter PCB14 1 4 Ground plate Emitter 1 5 Tapping Screws 3x10 4 6 Screw M3x6 1 7 Harness Receiver 1 Long harness 8 Harness Emitter 1 Short harness 9 Harness...

Page 133: ...8 D3DQ 17 SM 2 87 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation Open the ADF top cover A 1 Remove the screw and lift up the original tray B 2 Open the ADF A and release the five tabs of the ADF rear cover by using...

Page 134: ...DQ 17 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 88 SM 3 Remove the ADF rear cover A 4 Close the ADF Open the ADF top cover A 1 Remove the screw and lift up the original tray B 2 Open the ADF then release the three tabs o...

Page 135: ...ver A while releasing the two tabs with a thin screwdriver Slide the shaft A of the original feed unit toward the rear to remove it 1 Remove the ADF inner cover A Pivot Screws x 2 Lift the back of the...

Page 136: ...Page Keeper Type M28 D3DQ 17 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 90 SM 2 Remove the guide A 3 Put the grounding plate A on the double feed sensor MFTB PCB14 B...

Page 137: ...Installation 4 Attach the double feed sensor MFTB PCB14 A and grounding plate B as a set Tapping screw 3x10 Disconnect the harness A of the ADF top cover B from ADF relay board PCB13 CN5 and release...

Page 138: ...2 SM 2 Remove the ADF top cover A Pivot Screw x 1 3 Remove the five screws and release the four tabs and then remove the inner cover A 4 Attach the grounding plate A and the grounding wire B and inser...

Page 139: ...harness to the double feed sensor URRB PCB15 A 6 Attach the double feed sensor URRB PCB15 A Tapping screw 3x10 7 Route the harnesses B 8 Reattach the inner cover x5 and then reattach the ADF top cover...

Page 140: ...w Screw M3x6 Connect the harness to the connector of the double feed sensor MFTB A and ADF relay board PCB13 B CN3 and then route it The connectors are different colors connect as listed below Double...

Page 141: ...When reattaching the ADF inner cover A move it under the coupling shaft marked by the dashed circle of the original feed unit and then you can install the ADF inner cover correctly Connect the power c...

Page 142: ...ty 1 Counter interface board 1 2 Harness 1 3 Stud 4 4 Clamp 1 5 Harness band 1 6 Screws Not used 4 7 Screws Not used 2 Caution Chart 1 2 15 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Turn OFF the main power and unplug...

Page 143: ...the key counter interface board A shown below on the four studs 4 Connect the harness included in this kit to the connector A on the interface board 5 Do the following steps Route the harness through...

Page 144: ...other harnesses Insert the clamp included in this kit at C and clamp the harness with the clamp to prevent interference with other harnesses 6 Remove the scanner rear cover A and scanner rear small co...

Page 145: ...9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 8 Reattach the scanner rear cover 9 Connect the harness from the counter device to CN4 A on the key counter interface board and route the harness 10 Route the harness through...

Page 146: ...ESSORY CHECK No Description Q ty 1 Cable Cover 2 2 USB Cable 1 3 NFC Reader 1 4 Ferrite Core 1 Caution Chart 1 EMC Address 1 Fastener 2 Decal 2 Label 1 Two types of cable cover are included A For mach...

Page 147: ...t option However this procedure can be used for a machine that has a 1 Bin Tray Unit installed Turn OFF the main power and unplug the power cord from the wall socket If the main power is not turned OF...

Page 148: ...D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 102 SM 4 Make a loop with the USB cable of the NFC reader and then attach the ferrite core A 5 Connect the USB cable to the operation panel 6 Attach the cover removed in step 3 Fit t...

Page 149: ...lation 7 Attach the fasteners to the front side of the NFC reader 8 Attach the NFC reader A to the back side of the front right cover with adhesive tape 9 Attach the hinge cover A Fit the cable into t...

Page 150: ...ween the red dotted areas in the photos 11 Push the USB cable into the covers Make sure that the cable fits in the slit B 12 Slide the cable cover A into the front right small cover as shown below 13...

Page 151: ...N 1 This harness P N D1965265 is also used as a harness for dehumidification heater PFU and dehumidification heater main unit If you have already ordered this harness for these heaters it is not neces...

Page 152: ...wer and unplug the power cord from the wall socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur 1 Pull out the paper feed tray 2 Remove the front...

Page 153: ...Anti condensation Heater SM 2 107 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 5 Remove the cover A 6 Remove the rear cover A 7 Remove the bracket A 8 Remove the screws from the fan cover B...

Page 154: ...108 SM 9 Remove the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 A 10 Insert the heater harness into the hole A 11 Fit the small bumps on the heater into the holes B to install the heater C M3 6 1 Use a short screwdriver to...

Page 155: ...e connector of heater 1 A To the heater B Not used C To the optional PFU heater if installed D To the PSU PCB17 14 Store the connector A with the connector of heater in the connector holder then push...

Page 156: ...er D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 110 SM 16 Connect the connector A shown in step 13 to CN600 17 Connect the connector B in the holder C Do not attach the holder C to the PSU PCB17 when the dehumidification he...

Page 157: ...r part of the machine Then uncap the connector isolation cap in the optional paper feed unit and connect the connector A to the uncapped connector Dehumidification Heater PFU 19 Reassemble the machine...

Page 158: ...in Set 10 Locating pin Short 1 11 Base 1 D Base Set 1 This harness P N D1965265 is also used as a harness for Dehumidification Heater PFU and Anti condensation Heater If you have already ordered this...

Page 159: ...7 Harness with the isolation cap 1 D5735340 1 This harness P N D1965265 is also used as a harness for dehumidification heater PFU and Anti condensation Heater If you have already ordered this harness...

Page 160: ...ng an electric shock or malfunction might occur Do the following procedure to prevent the harnesses from being damaged Check that harnesses are not damaged or pinched after installation 1 Attach the t...

Page 161: ...n A For the dehumidification heater H3 B For the junction harness C Not used For the isolation cap D Isolation cap The connector C is not used Put the connector into the opening 4 Put the mainframe on...

Page 162: ...humidification Heater main unit D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 116 SM 7 Open the front cover and remove the left cover A 8 Remove the rear cover A 9 Remove the bracket A 10 Remove the screws from the fan cover...

Page 163: ...tallation 11 Remove the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 A 12 Remove the switch cover A Hooks 2 13 Cut out the switch hole A in the switch cover 14 Push the heater power switch to the switch cover 15 Connect the...

Page 164: ...that the white point B is on the upper side of the switch A Not used For the drum heater If installing the anti condensation heater H1 B For the locker switch C For the heater harness D For the PSU P...

Page 165: ...harness along the red dotted line in the photo 1 17 Attach the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 18 Connect the junction harness A to the heater harness and route the junction harness along the red dotted line in...

Page 166: ...sure to disconnect the machine and paper feed unit s and lift them up separately when moving transporting Otherwise the handle of the paper feed unit will break due to the mainframe s weight and it ca...

Page 167: ...r tray 5 Connect the connector of the junction harness to CN600 A on the PSU PCB17 6 Connect the connector of the junction harness to the bracket B 7 Route the junction harness in the red dotted line...

Page 168: ...ation Heater main unit D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 122 SM 8 Slide the tray heater A to the paper feed unit and connect the heater harness B to the connector C 9 Attach the tray heater cover A 10 Reassemble...

Page 169: ...ition of the accessories against the following list For Installing the Heater No Description Q ty Remark 1 Dehumidification Heater 1 2 Harness with the isolation cap 1 3 M4 10 Screw 2 4 Junction harne...

Page 170: ...n use it 2 19 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Turn OFF the main power and unplug the power cord from the wall socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction mig...

Page 171: ...ation Heater PFU SM 2 125 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 3 Remove the left cover A 4 Remove the rear cover A 5 Remove the bracket A 6 Remove the screws form the fan cover B 7 Remove the PSU exhaust...

Page 172: ...ater power switch to the switch cover 11 Connect the heater power switch to the connectors of the junction harness A Attach the rocker switch so that the white point B is on the upper side of the swit...

Page 173: ...D0CB Installation Store the connector A into the area as shown below then attach the switch cover 12 Reattach the switch cover 13 Connect the connector A to CN600 on the PSU PCB17 and route the juncti...

Page 174: ...e PSU exhaust fan FAN4 Confirm the above connecters are connected to the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 when attaching the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 15 Slide in the tray heater A and pass the heater harness B throug...

Page 175: ...d in step 15 18 Connect the harness B to the junction harness mainframe 19 Attach two clamps E and route the harness through them A For this tray heater B For the junction harness of the mainframe C F...

Page 176: ...the 2nd Optional Paper Feed Unit 1 Do the same procedure for the 1st optional paper feed unit from step 1 to step 19 2 Connect the harness A and heater connector for the 2nd tray 3 Remove the cap on...

Page 177: ...D Cap 5 Reattach all the covers removed 6 Turn ON the switch A For Joining the Mainframe with the Optional Paper Feed Unit The mainframe and the optional paper feed unit should be joined with joint br...

Page 178: ...ed unit 3 Attach the joint bracket frame C Tapping 1 A M3 6 1 B 4 Reattach the upper cover removed in step 1 5 Put the mainframe on the paper feed unit 6 Remove the paper trays from the mainframe and...

Page 179: ...8 Remove the left cover B of the mainframe 2 1 Rear 2 Front 3 Left 9 Join the mainframe with the optional paper feed unit with four joint brackets A front right B front left and C rear 2 These bracke...

Page 180: ...d in this kit 10 Reassemble the mainframe and the paper feed unit Joining Two Optional Paper Feed Units 1 Attach the joint bracket front center A to the 2nd paper feed unit that will be installed at t...

Page 181: ...3 included in this kit 1 Rear 2 Front center 5 Bend and cut off the back cover tab A of the upper optional paper feed unit before attaching it 6 Reassemble the mainframe and the paper feed units When...

Page 182: ...units attached If the machine already has one or more optional paper feed unit s attached be sure to disconnect the machine and paper feed unit s and lift them up separately when moving transporting O...

Page 183: ...ons at the end of this section Callout Slots Options A I F slot This is used for one of the optional I F connections only one can be installed File Format Converter IEEE 1284 Interface Board IEEE 802...

Page 184: ...efore installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur Do not put your hand into the controller box It will result in a malfunction or injury Before doing any work touch a metal object to disch...

Page 185: ...h the interface board until it is inserted properly 3 Turn ON the power 4 Make sure that the machine can recognize the option see Check All Connections at the end of this section The customer should k...

Page 186: ...y work touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body There is a possibility that the File Format Converter may malfunction due to static electricity Only one of the following netw...

Page 187: ...chine can recognize the option see Check All Connections at the end of this section The customer should keep the removed slot cover 2 20 4 IEEE 802 11A G N INTERFACE UNIT TYPE M19 D3BR 01 Component Ch...

Page 188: ...tic electricity from the body There is a possibility that the IEEE 802 11a g n Interface Unit may malfunction due to static electricity Only one of the following network interfaces can be installed at...

Page 189: ...of the machine 3 Attach the clamps D as shown below and then wire the cables and clamp them 4 ANT1 is a transmission reception antenna and ANT2 is a reception antenna Do not attach them at the wrong p...

Page 190: ...ope and Asia Range 1 13 36 40 44 and 48 channels default 11 In some countries only the following channels are available Range 1 11 channels default 11 Region B mainly North America Range 1 11 36 40 44...

Page 191: ...des can be set for IEEE 802 11a g n SP No Name Function SP5 840 011 WEP Key Select Used to select the WEP key Default 00 UP mode Name Function SSID Used to confirm the current SSID setting WEP Key Use...

Page 192: ...injury There is a possibility that the Device Server Option may malfunction due to static electricity Only one of the following network interfaces can be installed at one time File Format Converter IE...

Page 193: ...into the Ethernet port on this option 6 Insert the other end of the Ethernet cable to a PC for network setting When you install this option on the main machine for the first time the interface board...

Page 194: ...ption Network Interface When installing the Device Server Option Type M37 the installation status is not shown on the Configuration Page The customer should keep the removed slot cover What Do the LED...

Page 195: ...IP address from the operation panel of the main machine 1 Press System Settings in Settings on the operation panel 2 Press Optional Networks in Network Interface 3 Set the IP address Subnet mask and D...

Page 196: ...D0C8 D0CB 2 150 SM 5 Set the IP address Subnet mask and Default Gateway specified by the customer 2 20 6 ENHANCED SECURITY HDD OPTION TYPE M10 D792 09 Accessory Check No Description Q ty 1 Enhanced S...

Page 197: ...a new machine and Data Encryption Settings is enabled disable Data Encryption Settings before installing this option If installing without disabling the function of the Enhanced Security HDD Option is...

Page 198: ...0CB 2 152 SM 4 Remove the enhanced security HDD from its protective pack 5 Connect the two cables to the enhanced security HDD 2 6 Fasten the HDD to the bracket 4 7 Install the HDD bracket in the main...

Page 199: ...switch while the hard disk format is in progress Wait for the machine to tell you that the formatting is finished 4 Turn the machine off on after the message tells you formatting is finished 5 Do thi...

Page 200: ...fter formatting the HDD SP5 846 052 UCS Setting Restore All Addr Book Downloads all directory information from the SD card 6 Confirm that Secure HDD is displayed in the firmware version list to be sur...

Page 201: ...one SD card to other SD cards all SD card options can be stored in two SD cards However SD card applications are under license and the license is transferred to the target SD card after the merge The...

Page 202: ...SD Card Options D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 2 156 SM 4 Remove the cover A hook 1 5 Insert the SD card into either socket A or B SMC Sheet Storage Location 1 Open the ADF 2 Remove the platen sheet A...

Page 203: ...on programs from the original SD card to another SD card Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine If the write protect switch is ON a downloa...

Page 204: ...be used if a mistake was made when using Move Exec SP5 873 001 Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine If the write protect switch is ON a d...

Page 205: ...ith an SD card By installing an SD card in the MFP a functional icon is added to the control unit Installing software on a PC is not required If this option is installed various settings related to th...

Page 206: ...Failed is displayed If installation fails perform the following steps 1 Check whether it is a used SD card 2 Turn the main power OFF and repeat steps 2 5 6 Cycle the power OFF and ON 7 Press Enter in...

Page 207: ...is installed a function is saved on the HDD and ID information on the SD card is saved in the NVRAM Therefore when replacing the HDD and or NVRAM this option must be reinstalled When only the HDD is...

Page 208: ...s option has the same function as the Data Overwrite Security in the Security Functions which is standard on this machine This option should be installed only for customers requiring the CC certified...

Page 209: ...ation procedure 4 Make sure that Administrator Tools is enabled selected Settings System Settings Settings for Administrator Authentication Charge Administrator Authentication User Authentication App...

Page 210: ...he SD card contents if necessary SD Card Appli Move 3 Insert the SD card DataOverwriteSecurity Unit in SD slot 1 upper with its label face to the front of the machine 4 Turn ON the main power 5 Enter...

Page 211: ...001 Option Setup Data Overwrite Security make sure to confirm the firmware version before executing Auto Erase Memory 1 Enter the SP mode and then execute SP5 990 005 SP print mode Diagnostic Report...

Page 212: ...verview This machine is equipped with a clone program for emulating Adobe PostScript PDF hereafter Clone PS as a standard feature So by factory default it can print using PostScript 3 and PDF Direct P...

Page 213: ...r and unplug the power cord from the wall socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur Since PS3 PDF Direct Emulation and Adobe PS PDF cann...

Page 214: ...PS RPCS x xx xx PS3 x xx PDF x xx Initial Settings for the Printer Driver After installing an SD card configure the printer driver settings based on the PS type The same printer driver the PS3 printer...

Page 215: ...ving the Adobe PS card from the SD card slot and applying the firmware for Clone PS PDF fwu or rfu This should be done by service technicians In doing this be sure to apply both PS3 and PDF firmware m...

Page 216: ...ll socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur 1 Remove the SD card slot cover A 2 Insert the SD card XPS in SD slot 1 upper with its labe...

Page 217: ...the wall socket If the main power is not turned OFF before installing an electric shock or malfunction might occur When installing more than one SD card perform the merge operation SD Card Appli Move...

Page 218: ...tomatically installed Automatic installation takes approximately 1 minute If you turn the power off during installation the VM card may be damaged Be sure to check the following before turning the pow...

Page 219: ...ation 2 22 CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS 1 Plug in the power cord 2 Turn ON the main power 3 Print the configuration page Settings Printer Settings List Test Prints Machine Information Configuration Page All...

Page 220: ...talling the machine These items are explained in more detail in the operating instructions How to add paper to the paper feed unit and the by pass feed unit How to install a toner bottle How to handle...

Page 221: ...Instructions for the Customers SM 2 175 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Installation 4 Select the color that you want to replace then click...

Page 222: ......

Page 223: ...PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE...

Page 224: ......

Page 225: ...Maintenance Tables SM 3 1 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Preventive Maintenance 3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 3 1 MAINTENANCE TABLES See Appendices for the following information Maintenance Tables...

Page 226: ...it detection mechanism It is not necessary to reset PM counters Fusing unit PCDU Waste toner bottle When the bottle is replaced AFTER a waste toner full or near full message appears on the operation p...

Page 227: ...ction to 1 to reset the PM counter Item SP Fusing sleeve belt assembly SP3 701 116 Pressure roller SP3 701 118 ITB unit SP3 701 093 Paper transfer roller unit SP3 701 109 Waste toner bottle When the b...

Page 228: ...g the power cord 6 Replace the PM parts and turn ON the power The machine will reset the PM counters automatically In the case of the development unit developer initialization will also be done automa...

Page 229: ...nce 3 Press EXECUTE to output the PM counter list 4 Press Exit 3 In the SMC data check the values of the counters in SP 7 621 002 to 208 to determine what parts should be replaced Refer to the SP tabl...

Page 230: ...ounters automatically In the case of the development unit developer initialization will also be done automatically 9 Exit the SP mode 3 2 2 AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW PM PARTS 1 Turn the main power ON a...

Page 231: ...PM Yield Parts Settings SM 3 7 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Preventive Maintenance 2 Press Counterlist print out 3 Press EXECUTE to output the PM counter list...

Page 232: ...atic Color Calibration ACC section 2 Exit the User Tools mode and then enter the SP mode 3 Do the Forced line position adjustment as follows First do SP2 111 003 Mode c Then do SP2 111 001 Mode a To c...

Page 233: ...REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT...

Page 234: ......

Page 235: ...ng OFF the main power with the push switch always unplug the AC power cord after the LED on the operation panel is turned OFF and press the push switch to discharge any residual voltage see informatio...

Page 236: ...e was already released the power ON flag will not be set At this time start the machine manually by pressing the main power switch SW1 Shutdown Method 1 Press the main power switch SW1 A on the machin...

Page 237: ...he Main Power Switch SW1 SM 4 3 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory and can cause damage to the machine Use a forced shutdown only if it is u...

Page 238: ...ys touch a grounded surface to discharge static electricity from your hands before you handle SD cards printed circuit boards or memory boards Before you start to remove components from the machine do...

Page 239: ...060 SD Card 16GB 1 C General For software upgrade and log trace 6 VSSG9006 MOLYKOTE G 1077 GREASE 1 C General For greasing the drive unit to reduce noise Where to Apply Noise Reduction Grease 7 VSSG90...

Page 240: ...n use both MOLYKOTE G 1077 GREASE and MOLYKOTE EM 50L Apply grease on the spots indicated in red in the photos and diagrams Drive Fusing Drive Unit Drive Unit Fusing Drive Gear Lubrication parts Lubri...

Page 241: ...ages of the maximum amount A and minimum amount B Drive Unit Fusing Drive Gear Drive Unit Fusing Drive Brackets Drive Transport Drive Unit IM C300 series Description Description A Transport Gear 01 D...

Page 242: ...s 4 spots 4 sliding parts 4 spots Do NOT apply grease on the tips of the studs Output Gear 01 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 1 spot Output Gear 02 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 2 gea...

Page 243: ...Gear 01 A Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 4 spots Transport Gear 02 B Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 4 spots Transport Gear 03 C Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 4 spo...

Page 244: ...0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 10 SM Registration Clutch CL8 E Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 clutch 2 spots Maximum minimum 0 04g 0 008g The Images of the maximum amount A and minimum amount B Transport...

Page 245: ...Special Tools SM 4 11 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Output Gear 01 Output Gear 02 Paper Feed Roller Axis...

Page 246: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 12 SM Transport Gear 01 A Transport Gear 02 B Transport Gear 03 C...

Page 247: ...CL8 E Drive Transport Drive Unit IM C400 series Description Description A Transport Gear 01 E Transport Gear 05 B Transport Gear 02 F Vertical Transport Gear 01 C Transport Gear 03 G Vertical Transpor...

Page 248: ...he area 0 10 mm from the stepped part of the stud B The area 0 10 mm from the groove of the stud C The area 0 10 mm from the groove of the stud D The area 0 10 mm from the stepped part of the stud E T...

Page 249: ...sport Gear 02 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 4 spot Transport Gear 03 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 2 spot Transport Gear 04 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 3 spots...

Page 250: ...Vertical Transport Gear 01 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 1 spots Vertical Transport Gear 02 Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 1 spots Maximum minimum 0 04g 0 008g The Images of...

Page 251: ...Special Tools SM 4 17 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Transport Drive Bracket Transport Gear 01 Transport Gear 02...

Page 252: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 18 SM Transport Gear 03 Transport Gear 04 Transport Gear 05...

Page 253: ...4 19 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Vertical Transport Gear 01 Vertical Transport Gear 02 Scanner Scanner Motor Gear Timing Belt Gear A Reduction Gear B Lubrication parts Lubrication spots...

Page 254: ...0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 20 SM Maximum minimum 0 0125g 0 0025g The Images of the maximum amount A and minimum amount B Timing Belt Gear Reduction Gear Scan 5 times to check if the scanner unit works properly a...

Page 255: ...C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Tonner Toner Supply Motor Gear Idler Gear A Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 gear 3 spots Maximum minimum 0 085g 0 0065g The Images of the maximum amount A and...

Page 256: ...it Studs Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 4 studs 6 spots Description Description A Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 01 C Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 03 B Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 02 D Paper Exit Drive...

Page 257: ...Description A Paper Exit Drive Gear 01 E Paper Exit Idler Gear 02 B Paper Exit Drive Gear 02 F Paper Exit Idler Gear 03 C Paper Exit Drive Gear 03 G Paper Exit Idler Gear 04 D Paper Exit Idler Gear 0...

Page 258: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 24 SM Junction Gate Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 2 tips of the junction gate 2 spots Junction Gate Lever Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 1 lever 1 spot...

Page 259: ...ment Adjustment Maximum minimum 0 6193g 0 0774g The Images of the maximum amount A and minimum amount B Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 01 Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 02 Paper Exit Drive Unit Stud 03 Paper...

Page 260: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 26 SM Paper Exit Drive Gear 02 Paper Exit Drive Gear 03 Paper Exit Idler Gear 01...

Page 261: ...Special Tools SM 4 27 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Paper Exit Idler Gear 02 Paper Exit Idler Gear 03 Paper Exit Idler Gear 04...

Page 262: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 28 SM Paper Exit Unit Guide Junction Gate Junction Gate Lever...

Page 263: ...C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 1Bin Drive Unit Gear 1Bin Drive Unit Bracket A Lubrication parts Lubrication spots 4 studs 4 spots 1Bin Drive Unit Gear 01 A 1Bin Drive Unit Gear 02 B Lubrication parts...

Page 264: ...Special Tools D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 30 SM...

Page 265: ...ior Covers SM 4 31 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 4 EXTERIOR COVERS 4 4 1 FRONT COVER IM C300 series IM C400F 1 Pull out the paper tray 2 Remove the front lower cover A 3 Open the front...

Page 266: ...Covers D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 32 SM 4 Remove the front cover A pins 2 IM C400SRF 1 Pull out the paper tray 2 Remove the front lower cover A 3 Open the front cover 4 Unhook the belt s tip and detach th...

Page 267: ...Exterior Covers SM 4 33 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the front cover B 4 4 2 UPPER LEFT COVER 1 Remove the upper left cover A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF...

Page 268: ...overs D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 34 SM 4 4 3 LEFT COVER 1 Remove the upper left cover Upper Left Cover 2 Pull out the paper tray 3 Open the front cover and remove the left cover A IM C300 series IM C400F I...

Page 269: ...rs SM 4 35 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 4 4 REAR COVER 1 Remove the rear cover A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 4 4 5 RIGHT REAR COVER 1 Open the right cover IM C300 series IM C400...

Page 270: ...Exterior Covers D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 36 SM 2 Remove the right rear cover A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF Remove the right rear cover while pushing it downward...

Page 271: ...nt cover 2 Remove the paper exit tray A Paper Exit Front Cover Paper Exit Upper Cover Paper Exit Tray for IM C400SRF The following procedure for finisher model below includes steps to remove the paper...

Page 272: ...ve the paper exit tray A 4 4 7 SCANNER INNER COVER IM C300 series IM C400F 1 Remove the ADF and scanner unit Scanner Unit with the ADF 2 Remove the operation panel Operation Panel 3 Remove the cover A...

Page 273: ...Exterior Covers SM 4 39 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the bracket A 6 Disconnect the harnesses B to remove the inner cover A...

Page 274: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 40 SM 7 Remove the scanner inner cover A IM C400SRF 1 Remove the ADF and scanner unit Scanner Unit with the ADF 2 Remove the operation panel Operation Panel 3 Remove the paper ex...

Page 275: ...Exterior Covers SM 4 41 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 Remove the bracket A 5 Disconnect the harnesses B to remove the inner cover A...

Page 276: ...Exterior Covers D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 42 SM 6 Remove the scanner inner cover A...

Page 277: ...Exterior Covers SM 4 43 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 4 8 OZONE FILTER 1 Remove the filter cover A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 2 Remove the ozone filter A from the filter cover...

Page 278: ...BOTTOM COVER This procedure is for IM C400SRF 1 Remove the rear bottom cover A 4 4 10 RIGHT BOTTOM COVER These procedures are for IM C400SRF 1 Remove the front lower cover 2 Remove the right rear cov...

Page 279: ...eplacement procedures for the other parts are included in the FSM for the Smart Operation Panel because these parts are also used with other models 4 5 1 OPERATION PANEL 1 Open the right cover 2 Remov...

Page 280: ...read a cloth or service mat A on the paper exit tray to protect the display Place the operation panel on the paper exit tray so that the display faces down 4 Remove the small rear cover A 5 Remove the...

Page 281: ...D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 7 Remove the rear cover A 8 Remove the hinge base cover A 9 Remove the hinge base A Check before Installing the New Operation Panel There is a DIP switch A on the sub...

Page 282: ...ion Panel D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 48 SM The switch setting to use depends on the model For the IM C300 C400 series make sure that switches 1 3 and 6 are ON Otherwise SC672 11 occurs when starting the ma...

Page 283: ...Operation Panel SM 4 49 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 5 2 INTERNAL PARTS Refer to the FSM for the Smart Operation Panel...

Page 284: ...ar cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the scanner rear cover A and scanner rear small cover B IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF Remove the rear upper cover C for IM C400SRF 3 Release the two screws and three...

Page 285: ...D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 Remove the FFC fixing bracket A on the back side of the FFC Remove the FFC fixing bracket while turning it counterclockwise and releasing the tab 5 Disconnect the h...

Page 286: ...12 by pulling it out straight because it does not have a lock mechanism When reassembling the FFC must be connected straight 7 Remove the shoulder screw for fixing the ADF 8 Remove the ADF unit A from...

Page 287: ...orner B on the exposure glass as a reference 3 Close the ADF 4 Reopen the ADF 5 Press the surface of the platen sheet gently to fix it on the ADF firmly Adjustment after ADF Unit Replacement See Adjus...

Page 288: ...ADF D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 54 SM 3 Open the ADF A and release the five tabs of the ADF rear cover by using a thin screwdriver 4 Remove the ADF rear cover A...

Page 289: ...ONT COVER 1 Open the ADF top cover A 2 Remove the screw and lift up the original tray B 3 Open the ADF then release the three tabs of the ADF front cover A 4 Close the ADF slightly then remove the ADF...

Page 290: ...nit toward the rear to remove it 4 6 5 PICKUP ROLLER FEED ROLLER Before replacing the pickup roller and feed roller reset the PM counter 1 Turn the power ON 2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement...

Page 291: ...0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 2 Slide the shaft A and then remove the pickup roller B Remove the original feed unit Original Feed Unit 1 Remove the clip A 2 Slide the shaft A and then remo...

Page 292: ...ADF FRICTION PAD Before replacing the friction pad reset the PM counter 1 Turn the power ON 2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 3 Turn the power OFF Remove the...

Page 293: ...Remove the ADF rear cover ADF Rear Cover 2 Remove the ADF relay board PCB13 A while releasing the hook 4 6 8 ADF TOP COVER SET SENSOR S23 ORIGINAL SET SENSOR S22 1 Remove the ADF front cover ADF Front...

Page 294: ...DF rear cover ADF Rear Cover 2 Remove the ADF motor M8 4 6 10 ORIGINAL FEED CLUTCH CL4 1 Remove the ADF front cover ADF Front Cover 2 Release the hook while swinging up the original tray A and then re...

Page 295: ...DF REGISTRATION SENSOR S24 1 Remove the ADF front cover ADF Front Cover 2 Open the ADF A 3 Slide the hook B and then remove Scanning guide plate front side C 4 Remove the ADF registration sensor holde...

Page 296: ...12 ORIGINAL FEED SENSOR S25 1 Remove the ADF rear cover ADF Rear Cover 2 Disconnect the harness A from the ADF top cover B and release the clamp 3 Remove the harness A from the harness guide 4 Remove...

Page 297: ...t Adjustment 5 Remove the five screws and release the four tabs and then remove the inner cover A 6 Remove the original feed sensor S25 A When reattaching the ADF top cover make sure it is set correct...

Page 298: ...the following parts ADF Rear Cover ADF Front Cover Original Feed Unit 2 Remove the ADF inner cover A Pivot Screws 2 Lift the back of the ADF inner cover A while swinging up the original tray B and th...

Page 299: ...t 3 Disconnect the FFC A 4 Release the hook while swinging up the original tray A and then remove the harness guide B 5 Remove the gear bracket A 6 Remove the two gears A Do not remove the gear B to p...

Page 300: ...guide plate rear side C before replacing the CIS unit Otherwise the surface could be damaged 9 Pull out the CIS unit S21 A from the ADF unit The CIS unit S21 can be easily removed by pushing it from...

Page 301: ...Adjustment after CIS Unit Replacement Correct the color deviation of the CIS S21 after replacing the ADF unit or CIS unit 1 Perform the registration adjustment of the ADF back side ADF Side to Side a...

Page 302: ...of the test pattern in accordance with the arrow position of the photograph below 5 Exit the User Tools mode and then enter the SP mode 6 Execute SP4 482 001 Read Restore Std Rear Read New Chart 7 Wh...

Page 303: ...t The causes of the failure may be as follows The test pattern was not set correctly A jam occurred at the time of reading The ACC test pattern is abnormal e g a pattern is missing The reading positio...

Page 304: ...e upper left cover Upper Left Cover 3 Remove the front right cover A and the hinge cover B 4 Remove the ADF ADF Unit 5 Remove the grounding plate A 6 Disconnect the harnesses and FFC from the scanner...

Page 305: ...SM 4 71 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C400SRF When disconnecting or connecting the FFC push the lock button to unlock it as shown below If the FFC is not connected correctly SC101 may...

Page 306: ...the scanner unit A 4 7 2 SCANNER UNIT WITH THE ADF 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Right Rear Cover Upper Left Cover 2 Remove the front right cover A and the hinge cover B 3 Remove the scanner...

Page 307: ...D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF Remove the rear upper cover C for IM C400SRF 4 Release two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board PCB12 A and FFC...

Page 308: ...9 D0C8 D0CB 4 74 SM 5 Remove the FFC fixing bracket A on the back side of the FFC Remove the FFC fixing bracket while turning it counterclockwise and releasing the tab 6 Release the clamp for the harn...

Page 309: ...m the relay board PCB12 Disconnect the FFC for relay board PCB12 by pulling it out straight because it does not have a lock mechanism When reassembling the FFC must be connected straight 9 Disconnect...

Page 310: ...D0C8 D0CB 4 76 SM IM C400SRF When disconnecting or connecting the FFC push the lock button to unlock it as shown below If the FFC is not connected correctly SC101 may occur 10 Remove the scanner unit...

Page 311: ...SM 4 77 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 7 3 SCANNER FRONT COVER 1 Remove the front right cover A and the hinge cover B 2 Open the ADF 3 Remove the scanner front cover A Use a short screw...

Page 312: ...five tabs on the back of the scanner front cover 4 7 4 ADF POSITION SENSOR S19 1 Remove the scanner unit Scanner Unit 2 Remove the scanner front cover Scanner Front Cover 3 Remove the scanner upper c...

Page 313: ...0 1 Remove the ADF unit ADF Unit 2 Remove the scanner front cover Scanner Front Cover 3 Remove the scanner upper cover A 4 Move the scanner carriage to the right To move the carriage hold the carriage...

Page 314: ...ve the scanner HP sensor S20 B while lifting up the bracket A slightly 4 7 6 SCANNER MOTOR M7 1 Remove the ADF unit ADF Unit 2 Remove the scanner front cover Scanner Front Cover 3 Remove the scanner u...

Page 315: ...Adjustment 5 Remove the scanner motor M7 with the bracket A 3 belt 1 6 Remove the scanner motor M7 A 1 2 4 7 7 SCANNER CARRIAGE 1 Remove the ADF unit ADF Unit 2 Remove the scanner front cover Scanner...

Page 316: ...SM 4 Move the carriage to the right To move the carriage hold the carriage belt and move it carefully Never hold the carriage itself 5 Remove the brackets A B 6 Slide the bracket A and then detach the...

Page 317: ...he tape position where originally attached 8 Remove the shaft B from the carriage A Never wipe off the grease on the shaft of the scanner carriage Reinstalling the Scanner Carriage Make sure that the...

Page 318: ...Scanner D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 84 SM The FFC must not be sagging and must not drag on the bottom of the scanner unit B The FFC must be hooked at part A of the carriage...

Page 319: ...RF Only SM 4 85 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 8 INTERNAL FINISHER IM C400SRF ONLY 4 8 1 REMOVING THE INTERNAL FINISHER 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Rem...

Page 320: ...Internal Finisher IM C400SRF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 86 SM 4 Remove the upper left cover A 5 Remove the inner cover A 6 Remove the internal finisher A from the main machine...

Page 321: ...IM C400SRF Only SM 4 87 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 8 2 STAPLER UNIT 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Remove the stapler unit with bracket A 4 Remove th...

Page 322: ...18 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the gathering roller motor M18 A x 2 x 1 4 8 4 PAPER EXIT MOTOR M17 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finis...

Page 323: ...internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the paper exit motor Paper Exit Motor M17 3 Remove the shift roller motor bracket A x 2 4 Remove the shift roller motor M19 A x 2 x 1 x 1 4 8...

Page 324: ...Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 90 SM 4 8 7 TRAY LIFT MOTOR M22 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the main board cover 3 Release the tray lift motor bracket A 4 Remove...

Page 325: ...Internal Finisher IM C400SRF Only SM 4 91 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the gear A and shaft B x 1 6 Remove the gear A x 1 7 Remove the tray lift motor M22 A x 2...

Page 326: ...0C8 D0CB 4 92 SM 4 8 8 JOGGER MOTOR M20 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the transport motor Transport Motor M16 3 Remove the paper exit upper cover A 4 Remove th...

Page 327: ...M C400SRF Only SM 4 93 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 6 Remove the jogger fence HP sensor bracket A x 1 7 Remove the two screws 8 Remove the jogger motor bracket A x 1 x 2 9 Remove the jog...

Page 328: ...nly D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 94 SM 4 8 9 EXIT GUIDE PLATE MOTOR M21 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Remove the exit guide plate motor bracket A x 2 x 1 x 1 4 Remove the exi...

Page 329: ...7 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the shift roller HP sensor S37 A x 1 4 8 11 GATHERING ROLLER HP SENSOR S38 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal...

Page 330: ...RF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 96 SM 4 8 12 JOGGER FENCE HP SENSOR S41 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the paper exit upper cover A 3 Remove the cover A x 1 4 Rem...

Page 331: ...D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the jogger fence HP sensor bracket A x 1 6 Remove the jogger fence HP sensor S41 A x 1 x 1 4 8 13 ENTRANCE SENSOR S45 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the...

Page 332: ...nal Finisher IM C400SRF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 98 SM 3 Remove the entrance sensor bracket A x 1 4 Remove the entrance sensor S45 A x 1 x 1 5 Remove the anti static cover from the Entrance Sensor S...

Page 333: ...M 4 99 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 8 14 PAPER EXIT SENSOR S43 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the paper exit upper cover A 3 Remove the cover A...

Page 334: ...8 D0CB 4 100 SM 5 Remove the paper exit sensor S43 A x1 4 8 15 REMAINING PAPER SENSOR S40 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the Remaining Paper Sensor bracket A x...

Page 335: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 8 16 STAPLE TRAY PAPER SENSOR S42 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the staple tray paper sensor bracket A x 1 3 Remo...

Page 336: ...Internal Finisher IM C400SRF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 102 SM 4 8 17 TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR S39 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Remove the paper exit tray A...

Page 337: ...0SRF Only SM 4 103 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 Remove the tray lower limit sensor S39 A 4 8 18 INTERLOCK SWITCH SW3 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Remo...

Page 338: ...Internal Finisher IM C400SRF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 104 SM 4 Remove the bracket A 5 Remove the interlock switch SW3 A...

Page 339: ...IM C400SRF Only SM 4 105 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 8 19 STOPPER SOLENOID SOL3 1 Remove the internal finisher Removing the Internal Finisher 2 Remove the bracket A 3 Remove the stopp...

Page 340: ...rnal Finisher IM C400SRF Only D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 106 SM 4 8 20 MAIN BOARD PCB25 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the paper exit front cover A 3 Remove the paper exit tray A 4 Remove the main board c...

Page 341: ...lacement Adjustment 5 Remove the main board PCB25 When Reinstalling the Main Board Check the DIP switch A on the old main board If the settings on the new main board differ from the old main board cha...

Page 342: ...he warning decal is attached as shown below 4 9 2 LASER UNITS The machine has two laser units This procedure describes replacement of laser unit 1 Replacement of laser unit 2 can be done in the same w...

Page 343: ...cs SM 4 109 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Be sure to install the washer under the screw when assembling 4 Pull the laser unit A out slightly open the connector cover and then disconnect t...

Page 344: ...ode 2 Execute SP2 110 006 to upload the data for new laser unit to the MFP If failed execute SP2 110 006 again Otherwise the machine cannot print normally 3 Exit SP mode 4 Cycle the main power OFF ON...

Page 345: ...SRF 1 Remove the following parts Upper Left Cover Left Cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the front right cover A and hinge cover B 3 Remove the scanner rear cover A scanner rear small cover B and rear upper c...

Page 346: ...Laser Optics D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 112 SM 6 Remove the LD unit cooling fan cover A 7 Remove the LD unit cooling fan FAN2 A...

Page 347: ...IM C400 Make sure that you use the correct part number when ordering a PCDU K 1 Remove the waste toner bottle Waste Toner Bottle 2 Remove the Fusing Unit Fusing Unit 3 Place a sheet of paper on the o...

Page 348: ...urn the ITB contact cam s screw A counterclockwise until the flat part of the half moon on the screw points to the right Before putting the PCDU back in the machine check that the ITB has no tension S...

Page 349: ...ver PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 2 Remove the toner bottle sensor board PCB7 A 4 10 3 TONER SUPPLY MOTORS M1 M4 The following is the replacement procedure for...

Page 350: ...PCDU Toner Supply D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 116 SM 2 Remove the toner supply motor unit A 3 Remove the gear A 4 Remove the shaft A bearing B and gear C 5 Remove the toner supply motor A M1 M4...

Page 351: ...nit Set Toner Sub Hopper M SP3 701 223 Manual New Unit Set Toner Sub Hopper Y 4 Set the following SPs Toner supply flag to 1 depending upon the color of the replaced unit SP3 510 031 Image Quality Adj...

Page 352: ...s M1 M4 secure four screws A on the toner transport section to prevent toner from flying off 1 Remove the toner bottles all colors 2 Remove the PCDU all colors PCDU Photo Conductor and Development Uni...

Page 353: ...PCDU Toner Supply SM 4 119 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 Remove the toner transport section A...

Page 354: ...ter turning the main power ON When you replace the waste toner bottle BEFORE a waste toner full or near full message appears on the operation panel do the following procedure to reset the PM counter 1...

Page 355: ...Adjustment 3 Install the five waste toner bottle caps on the waste toner inlets The examples A in the photo are for black 4 11 2 WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR S36 1 Remove the waste toner bottle Waste Tone...

Page 356: ...R BOTTLE SET SENSOR S26 1 Remove the waste toner bottle Waste Toner Bottle 2 Remove the waste toner bottle set sensor S26 A Release the tab with a jeweler s screwdriver to remove the sensor 3 Remove t...

Page 357: ...reset the PM counter 1 Turn the power ON 2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 3 Turn the power OFF Remove the following parts Waste Toner Bottle PCDU Photo Cond...

Page 358: ...Image Paper Transfer D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 124 SM IM C400SRF 3 Release the tension belt A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF...

Page 359: ...nit securing bracket A 6 Pull out the ITB unit A After Replacing the Image Transfer Belt Unit Do the following after replacing the ITB unit 1 Enter the SP mode 2 Set SP1 001 031 Leading Edge Registrat...

Page 360: ...U AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 Toner Supply Motors M1 M4 Toner Supply Unit Toner Transport...

Page 361: ...t Rear Cover Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 T...

Page 362: ...sfer D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 128 SM Fusing Motor M13 Paper Transport Motor M12 Drive Unit 2 Remove the ITB lift unit A 3 Remove the ITB lift HP sensor S33 with the bracket A 4 Remove the ITB lift HP sen...

Page 363: ...0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 12 4 ID SENSOR M27 M29 1 Remove the ITB unit ITB Image Transfer Belt Unit 2 Remove the guide plate A 3 Remove the ID sensor A with the bracket 4 Remove the cover...

Page 364: ...lowing adjustment before installing a new ID sensor board The correction coefficients must be entered before replacement Enter correction coefficients into ID sensor center S28 only 1 Plug in and turn...

Page 365: ...xample enter 1 02 with value 2 4 Exit the SP mode 4 12 5 ID SENSOR SHUTTER SOLENOID SOL2 1 Remove the following parts Waste Toner Bottle PCDU Photo Conductor and Development Unit Fusing Unit ITB Image...

Page 366: ...t the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 3 Turn the power OFF Open the right door If you find paper dust on the registration section when you open the duplex unit remove t...

Page 367: ...ent motor CMY M9 8 Registration clutch CL8 2 Drum motor CMY M10 9 Duplex clutch CL6 3 Drum motor M11 10 Bypass feed clutch CL7 4 Development clutch K CL5 11 Paper feed clutch CL9 5 Tray lift motor M15...

Page 368: ...m motor CMY M10 10 Bypass feed clutch CL7 3 Drum motor M11 11 Paper feed clutch CL9 4 Development clutch K CL5 12 Bypass tray lift clutch CL1 5 Tray lift motor M15 13 Reverse clutch CL2 6 Fusing motor...

Page 369: ...h CL6 2 Drum motor CMY M10 10 Bypass feed clutch CL7 3 Drum motor M11 11 Paper feed clutch CL9 4 Development clutch K CL5 12 Bypass tray lift clutch CL1 5 Tray lift motor M15 13 Reverse clutch CL2 6 F...

Page 370: ...r Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 2 Remove the development moto...

Page 371: ...Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 2 Remove the drum...

Page 372: ...r Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 2 Remove the drum motor M11 A...

Page 373: ...ver Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Drum Motor M11 2 Remo...

Page 374: ...DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 Toner Supply Motors M1 M4 Toner Supply Unit Toner Transport Section Develo...

Page 375: ...Drive SM 4 141 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400 series 3 Remove the drive unit A 6 IM C300 series...

Page 376: ...st Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 Toner Supply Motors M1 M4 Toner Supply Unit To...

Page 377: ...0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 1 Remove the tray lift motor unit A 2 Remove the motor cover A 2 3 Remove the tray lift motor M15 A 2 Remove the following parts Right Rear Cover Rear Cover Rear Bottom...

Page 378: ...ove the tray lift motor M15 A 4 13 8 FUSING MOTOR M13 1 Remove the following parts Right Rear Cover Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16...

Page 379: ...ment High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 4 Release the harness and remove the harness guide A 4 1 5 Remove the fusing motor M13 A 4 4 13 9 PAPER TRANSPORT MOTOR M12 1 Remove the following part...

Page 380: ...146 SM High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 Fusing Motor M13 2 Remove the fusing motor bracket A 3 Remove the harness guide A 3 14 There are connectors behind the harness guide Remove the guid...

Page 381: ...0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C400 series 4 Remove the paper transport motor M12 A The motor with the white label is for the IM C300 series The motor with the green label is for the IM C400...

Page 382: ...T CLUTCH CL10 Remove the following parts Right Rear Cover Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB...

Page 383: ...0CB Replacement Adjustment 3 Remove the paper transport unit D 3 4 Remove the paper transport unit cover A 4 5 Remove each clutch 1 each A Duplex clutch CL6 B Bypass feed clutch CL7 C Paper feed clutc...

Page 384: ...r Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Fusing Motor M13 Paper Transport Motor M12 1 Remove the gear c...

Page 385: ...D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the four speed nuts A 6 Remove each clutch A Duplex clutch CL6 B Bypass feed clutch CL7 C Vertical transport clutch CL10 D Paper feed clutch CL9 E Regis...

Page 386: ...en replacing the fusing unit Basically the entire fusing unit must be replaced when SC544 00 or SC554 00 occurs In some cases the fusing unit need not be replaced if SC544 00 or SC554 00 occurs See Ac...

Page 387: ...Remove the fusing unit Fusing Unit 2 Remove the fusing upper cover A 4 4 14 3 FUSING LOWER COVER 1 Remove the fusing unit Fusing Unit 2 Remove the fusing lower cover A 4 4 14 4 FUSING ENTRANCE GUIDE P...

Page 388: ...r 4 14 5 FUSING THERMOSTAT TH6 1 Remove the fusing upper cover Fusing Upper Cover 2 Remove the fusing thermostat TH6 A 2 Never reuse an activated thermostat Use a new thermostat for replacement 4 14 6...

Page 389: ...acement Adjustment 2 Push the hooks and remove the fusing thermistor non contact sensor S10 A 1 4 14 7 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTORS TH2 TH4 1 Remove the fusing upper cover Fusing Upper Cover 2 Raise th...

Page 390: ...ift the fusing lever A while removing the upper screws 4 Remove the pressure roller thermistors A B or C A Pressure roller thermistor edge front TH2 B Pressure roller thermistor edge center TH4 C Pres...

Page 391: ...FF Remove the fusing sleeve belt assembly Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly 1 Remove the pressure roller A 4 14 9 FUSING SLEEVE BELT ASSEMBLY Before replacing the fusing sleeve belt assembly reset the PM co...

Page 392: ...erwise the screw s and gear s exposed after removing the cover will scratch or transfer grease to the work surface 2 Remove the springs B which are on both ends of the separation plate A from the hole...

Page 393: ...the separation plate when removing it to prevent the separation plate from deforming When reattaching the separation plate make sure that the plate is firmly attached to the frame hole 5 Remove the fu...

Page 394: ...the screws of the frame A at the left 2 9 Pull out the rear frame A and take out the fusing sleeve belt assembly B Do not touch the surface of the fusing sleeve belt assembly When reattaching the rea...

Page 395: ...belt assembly hit the projection of the sensor or the screws on the stay Make sure that both side plates fit right into the positioning bumps on the frame before securing the screws The new fusing sl...

Page 396: ...NCE SENSOR S3 1 Open the right door If you find paper dust in the registration section when you open the right door remove the dust Otherwise the dust can cause lines on the image 2 Remove the fusing...

Page 397: ...4 14 11FUSING EXIT SENSOR S8 1 Remove the following parts Fusing Unit Scanner Unit with the ADF Operation Panel Scanner Inner Cover Paper Exit Tray Paper Exit Unit Remove the fusing unit and paper exi...

Page 398: ...following parts Fusing Unit Scanner Unit with the ADF Operation Panel Scanner Inner Cover Paper Exit Tray Paper Exit Unit Remove just the fusing unit and paper exit unit for IM C400SRF 2 Remove the fu...

Page 399: ...f the old blown fuse is attached x 1 4 Connect the fuse connector and insert the fuse into place from the upper side Refer to the flow chart below when SC544 00 or SC554 00 occurs Actions When SC554 0...

Page 400: ...on If the door is opened during the SC reset procedure the fuse is blown but the SC reset procedure is not completed and SC reset failed will be shown SC reset failure will be shown when this SP SP5 8...

Page 401: ...iction Pad Before replacing the paper feed roller and friction pad reset the PM counter 1 Turn the power ON 2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 3 Turn the power...

Page 402: ...4 Remove the friction pad A Hooks 2 Registration Sensor S32 Paper Feed Sensor S31 1 Open the right door If you find paper dust in the registration section when you open the duplex unit remove the dus...

Page 403: ...Feed SM 4 169 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 3 Remove the sensor cover B 4 Remove the sensor bracket A 5 Remove the registration sensor S32 A Hook 4 6 Remove the paper feed sensor S31 B H...

Page 404: ...e Toner Bottle 2 Remove the tray paper end sensor main unit S30 A hook 2 When reattaching the tray paper end sensor main unit S30 make sure that the shaft of the feeler is hooked onto the bracket A Tr...

Page 405: ...ment Adjustment Draw in Unit 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 2 Remove the screw 3 Remove the draw in unit A with bracket 4 Remove the bracket B...

Page 406: ...roller Paper feed roller Friction roller Before replacing the Pick up roller Paper feed roller and Friction roller reset the PM counter 1 Turn the power ON 2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement...

Page 407: ...tment 3 Remove the Pick up roller A Paper feed roller B and Friction roller C Paper Feed Unit 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Front Cover Right Rear Cover Right Bottom Cover Duplex Unit Bypass...

Page 408: ...C8 D0CB 4 174 SM 4 Remove the guide A 5 Remove the paper feed unit A Paper Feed Sensor S31 1 Remove the paper feed unit Paper Feed Unit 2 Remove the paper feed sensor bracket A 3 Remove the paper feed...

Page 409: ...tment Tray Paper End Sensor main unit S30 1 Remove the paper feed unit Paper Feed Unit 2 Remove the tray paper end sensor main unit S30 A Hook x 4 Tray Lift Sensor S35 1 Remove the paper feed unit Pap...

Page 410: ...pen the right door If you find paper dust in the registration section when you open the duplex unit remove the dust Otherwise the dust can cause lines on the image 2 Remove the sensor cover A 3 Remove...

Page 411: ...0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Tray Set Sensor S34 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the rear bottom cover Rear Bottom Cover 3 Remove the stay A 4 Remove the sensor bracket B 5 Remove...

Page 412: ...Paper Feed D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 178 SM Draw in Unit 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the rear bottom cover Rear Bottom Cover 3 Remove the stay A 4 Remove the draw in unit B...

Page 413: ...16 1 BYPASS TRAY 1 Open the bypass tray A 2 Remove the E rings A and stopper Stopper x 1 3 Close the bypass tray A slightly and pull it out upwards Since the bearing on the left side of the main mach...

Page 414: ...ed roller is attached to the bypass feed unit Therefore when replacing the bypass feed unit it is necessary to reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 1 Remove the du...

Page 415: ...unit A Lift up the left side of the unit and remove it while pulling it out forward 4 16 3 PAPER END SENSOR BYPASS S6 1 Remove the duplex unit Duplex Unit 2 Remove the bypass feed unit Bypass Feed Un...

Page 416: ...ss S6 A Hooks 4 4 16 4 BYPASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR S5 1 Remove the duplex unit Duplex Unit 2 Remove the bypass feed unit Bypass Feed Unit 3 Remove the bracket A 4 Remove the bypass paper width sensor S5...

Page 417: ...2 Reset the PM counter Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts 3 Turn the power OFF Remove the duplex unit Duplex Unit 1 Remove the bypass feed unit Bypass Feed Unit 2 Remove the bracket...

Page 418: ...SM 5 Remove the bearing bearing 1 6 Remove the E ring at the front of the bypass feed unit 1 7 Remove the E ring at the rear of the bypass feed unit 1 8 Move the front cam and rear cam B inward while...

Page 419: ...Bypass SM 4 185 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 9 Remove the bypass feed roller with the shaft from the front side 10 Remove the bypass feed roller A Hook 1...

Page 420: ...186 SM 4 16 6 BYPASS TRAY LIFT SENSOR S4 1 Remove the duplex unit Duplex Unit 2 Remove the bypass feed unit Bypass Feed Unit 3 Remove the sensor holder A 2 1 4 Remove the gear A 5 Remove the bypass t...

Page 421: ...ent Adjustment 4 16 7 BYPASS TRAY LIFT CLUTCH CL1 1 Remove the duplex unit Duplex Unit 2 Remove the bypass feed unit Bypass Feed Unit 3 Remove the bracket A 4 Disconnect the connector of the clutch 1...

Page 422: ...D0C8 D0CB 4 188 SM 4 17 PAPER EXIT 4 17 1 IM C300 SERIES IM C400F Paper Exit Unit 1 Remove the following parts Scanner Unit with the ADF Operation Panel Scanner Inner Cover Paper Exit Tray 2 Remove t...

Page 423: ...Paper Exit SM 4 189 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Paper Exit Sensor S7 1 Remove the paper exit unit Paper Exit Unit 2 Remove the sensor holder A 3 Remove the paper exit sensor S7 A 1...

Page 424: ...e paper exit unit Paper Exit Unit 2 Remove the junction gate solenoid SOL1 A with the bracket 3 Remove the bracket from the junction gate solenoid SOL1 A When reattaching the junction gate solenoid SO...

Page 425: ...Paper Exit SM 4 191 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment Paper Exit Clutch CL3 Reverse Clutch CL2 1 Remove the paper exit unit Paper Exit Unit 2 Remove the cover A 3 Pull out the bushing A...

Page 426: ...Paper Exit D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 192 SM 4 Remove the paper exit clutch CL3 and reverse clutch CL2 with the bracket A 5 Remove the paper exit clutch CL3 A and reverse clutch CL2 B...

Page 427: ...t 4 17 2 IM C400SRF Paper Exit Unit 1 Open the right cover 2 Remove the scanner rear cover A scanner rear small cover B and the rear upper cover C 3 Remove the connector A 4 Remove the fusing unit Fus...

Page 428: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 194 SM Paper Exit Sensor S7 1 Remove the cover A from the paper exit unit 2 Remove the paper exit sensor S7 A with the bracket 3 Remove the paper exit sensor S7 A from the brack...

Page 429: ...ent 4 Remove the anti static cover A from the paper exit sensor S7 Junction Gate Solenoid SOL1 1 Remove the paper exit unit Paper Exit Unit 2 Remove the junction gate solenoid SOL1 A with the bracket...

Page 430: ...sure that the solenoid works in conjunction with the exit junction gate Paper Exit Clutch CL3 Reverse Clutch CL2 1 Remove the paper exit unit Paper Exit Unit 2 Remove the gear A 3 Remove the bracket...

Page 431: ...Paper Exit SM 4 197 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 5 Remove the paper exit clutch CL3 A and reverse clutch CL2 B...

Page 432: ...the tension of the belt A then remove the belt When reattaching the duplex unit make sure that the belt A is attached firmly If the belt is not attached the right door will not be opened even if the...

Page 433: ...Duplex SM 4 199 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 4 Lift the paper transport unit A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 5 Remove the tension spring cover A...

Page 434: ...ex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 200 SM IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 6 Lift the duplex unit then remove the tension spring A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 7 Release the tension wire A from the roll...

Page 435: ...Duplex SM 4 201 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 8 Restore the paper transport unit A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 9 Remove the connector cover A...

Page 436: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 202 SM IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 10 Disconnect the connectors IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 11 Release the belt A 12 Remove the duplex unit B...

Page 437: ...Duplex SM 4 203 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 4 18 2 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR S1 1 Open the right door 2 Remove the sensor cover A...

Page 438: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 204 SM IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF 3 Remove the duplex entrance sensor S1 A IM C300 series IM C400F IM C400SRF...

Page 439: ...C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 4 18 3 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR S2 1 Remove the paper transfer roller unit Paper Transfer Roller Unit 2 Remove the cover A Hook 1 3 Remove the roller unit A This procedur...

Page 440: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 206 SM 4 Remove the bracket A 5 Remove the registration roller unit A 6 Remove the sensor bracket A...

Page 441: ...D0CB Replacement Adjustment 7 Remove the duplex exit sensor S2 A 4 18 4 RIGHT COVER SENSOR SW2 1 Open the right door 2 Release the tab of the right cover sensor SW2 A with a jeweler s screwdriver IM C...

Page 442: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 208 SM 3 Remove the right cover sensor SW2 A 1...

Page 443: ...ERVIEW No Description No Description 1 BiCU PCB1 4 FCU PCB2 if the machine has the fax unit 2 Controller Board PCB24 5 PSU AC PCB17 3 HDD 6 PSU DC PCB16 No Description No Description 7 High Voltage Po...

Page 444: ...rd with SP5 846 051 if there is no problem If the customer uses the Data Overwrite Security IC card reader or OCR unit these applications must be installed again after replacing the HDD 1 Remove the f...

Page 445: ...Do SP5 853 001 to download stamp data 3 If applicable do SP5 846 052 to restore the address data from SD card to the HDD 4 Cycle the power OFF ON 4 19 3 CONTROLLER BOARD PCB24 Keep NVRAMs away from a...

Page 446: ...oard 5 Remove the used NVRAM from the old controller board and install it on the new controller board Make sure the NVRAM A is installed at the correct mounting location and orientation Install the NV...

Page 447: ...001 SMC List Card Save Function 3 Turn OFF the main power switch SW1 4 Insert a blank SD card in the SD slot 2 and then turn ON the main power switch SW1 5 Use SP5 824 001 to upload the NVRAM data fr...

Page 448: ...le Settings Action on Receiving File Store Specify User in Fax Setting Reception Settings Stored Reception File User Setting Notify Destination in Fax Setting Reception Settings Folder transfer Settin...

Page 449: ...I Setting Change bit 0 from 0 to 1 You can NOT change this Values if the FCU is not equipped with main machine 15 Cycle the main power OFF ON with the SD card where the NVRAM data has been uploaded in...

Page 450: ...985 002 Device Setting On Board USB 27 Ask the customer to restore their address book Or restore the address book data using SP5 846 052 UCS Setting Restore All Addr Book and ask the customer to ensur...

Page 451: ...is necessary to replace all the PM parts for proper PM management If a message tells you need an SD card to restore displays after the NVRAM replacement create a SD card for restoration and restore w...

Page 452: ...Electrical Components D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 218 SM IM C300 series IM C400F...

Page 453: ...cement Adjustment IM C400SRF There are three kinds of FFC connectors A Disconnect the FFC while pushing the lock lever B Disconnect the FFC while lifting up the lock lever C Disconnect the FFC while p...

Page 454: ...eplacing the SMB on the BiCU PCB1 with a new SMB 1 Make sure that you have the SMC report factory settings This report comes with the machine 2 Output the SMC data ALL using SP5 990 001 printed or sav...

Page 455: ...001 For information on how to configure the above SPs contact the supervisor in your branch office 11 Cycle the power OFF ON 12 Use SP5 801 002 Memory Clear Engine After changing the SMB some SPs may...

Page 456: ...removing the controller box 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Right Rear Cover 2 Remove the scanner rear cover A and scanner rear small cover B This procedure is for...

Page 457: ...t Adjustment 4 Release two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board PCB12 A and FFC to release the FFC 5 Remove the FFC fixing bracket A on the back side of the FFC Remove the FFC fixing br...

Page 458: ...of the harness to the ADF A 7 Remove the grounding plate A This procedure is for IM C300 series IM C400F 8 Remove the controller box cover A with the HDD B 9 Disconnect all the connectors on the BiCU...

Page 459: ...Electrical Components SM 4 225 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C300 series IM C400F...

Page 460: ...Electrical Components D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 226 SM IM C400SRF 10 Remove the grounding wire A and connector B from the left side of the controller box...

Page 461: ...D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 11 Remove the harness guide C while releasing the harnesses on it 12 Remove the brackets A and B and two screws from the right side of the controller box 13 Remove the...

Page 462: ...n replacing the PSU Residual charge on the board may cause electric shock When replacing the PSU please DO NOT put too much pressure on electrical components on the PSU such as the coil Asserting too...

Page 463: ...dures 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Right Rear Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 2 Disconnect the harness and remove the harness guide A There is a hook i...

Page 464: ...tors on the PSU AC PCB17 A and PSU DC PCB16 B Note Please avoid putting too much pressure on the PSU as it might trigger a short circuit For removing the PSU DC PCB16 with the bracket 1 Follow common...

Page 465: ...above 2 Remove the PSU AC PCB17 A Note Please avoid putting too much pressure on the PSU as it might trigger a short circuit Reference Putting too much power onto the board will cause the detachment...

Page 466: ...B18 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Right Rear Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 2 Remove the AC detection board PCB18 with the co...

Page 467: ...TAGE POWER SUPPLY DEVELOPMENT PCB22 1 Remove the following parts Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Right Rear Cover Controller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 2 Disconnect the...

Page 468: ...Electrical Components D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 234 SM 3 Remove the high voltage power supply Development PCB22 A with the bracket 5 hook 1 4 Remove the high voltage power supply Development PCB22 A 5 1...

Page 469: ...oller Box PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 2 Disconnect the harness attached to the high voltage power supply s bracket and then remove the high voltage power supply Transfer PCB23 A wit...

Page 470: ...5 1 4 19 10PSU EXHAUST FAN FAN4 1 Remove the upper left cover Upper Left Cover 2 Remove the left cover Left Cover 3 Remove the bracket A 2 4 Remove the screws of the fan cover B 4 IM C300 series IM C4...

Page 471: ...Electrical Components SM 4 237 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment IM C400 series 6 Remove the cover from the PSU exhaust fan FAN4 A 2 IM C300 series IM C400 series...

Page 472: ...ide of the machine 4 19 11PCDU COOLING FAN FAN3 1 Remove the upper left cover Upper Left Cover 2 Remove the left cover Left Cover 3 Remove the PCDU cooling fan FAN3 A with the duct 2 1 4 Remove the PC...

Page 473: ...2 Remove the fusing unit cooling fan FAN1 A with the cover 2 1 3 Remove the cover from the fusing unit cooling fan FAN1 A Install the fusing unit cooling fan FAN1 with its label facing the outside of...

Page 474: ...wer switch SW1 B 4 19 14IMAGING TEMPERATURE SENSOR TH5 1 Remove the following parts Right Rear Cover Rear Cover Upper Left Cover Left Cover Controller Box PSU AC PCB17 PSU DC PCB16 High Voltage Power...

Page 475: ...justment 2 Remove the imaging temperature sensor TH5 A while releasing the harness of the imaging temperature sensor TH5 from the harness guide B 1 1 4 19 15INTERLOCK SWITCHES 1 Pull out the paper tra...

Page 476: ...Electrical Components D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 242 SM 3 Remove the cover A 4 Remove the interlock switch cover A IM C300 series IM C400 series 5 Remove the Interlock switches A each 2...

Page 477: ...the Finisher Model 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the right rear cover Right Rear Cover 3 Open the right cover 4 Remove the scanner rear cover A scanner rear small cover B and rear upper...

Page 478: ...Electrical Components D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 4 244 SM 8 Remove the grounding plate B 9 Remove the paper exit exhaust fan FAN5 with the bracket A...

Page 479: ...Electrical Components SM 4 245 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Replacement Adjustment 10 Remove the bracket A 11 Remove the paper exit exhaust fan FAN5 A Hook 3...

Page 480: ...ion amount Check the registration amount of the leading edge and trailing edge sub scan direction Overlay the chart and the copy then check that the frame lines of the side A and leading edge B do not...

Page 481: ...and D At this time position D is equivalent to position A when making the fold line as shown in the above figure 3 Check the difference between 1 and 2 If each deviation is different it is a parallelo...

Page 482: ...scale A Measuring length B Base line C Copy If meandering measure the maximum amplitude If difficult to measure draw an auxiliary baseline measure the deviation length from the baseline with the scale...

Page 483: ...each color patch in the 11th and 12th rows are different Equal magnification main scan direction Check that the magnification is equal in the chart and the copy using the scale under the gradation pat...

Page 484: ...y are the same 12 Radial lines Jagged slanting lines Check that the lines in the copy are not rough or jagged Broken slanting lines Check that the lines in the copy are not broken 13 Color bold text S...

Page 485: ...ode and check the reproducibility of the photo Check the reproducibility of the granular state and tone of color in the skin hair and clothes Also check for overexposure and underexposure 20 Landscape...

Page 486: ...ation Adj if necessary Standard 1 0 Scanner Leading Edge and Side to Side Registration A Leading Edge Registration B Side to side Registration 1 Put the test chart on the exposure glass Then make a co...

Page 487: ...following diagram shows how the image is affected when you adjust in the or direction 1 Feed direction SP Code What It Does Adjustment Range SP6 006 001 Side to Side Regist Face 3 0 mm SP6 006 002 Sid...

Page 488: ...Then make a copy from one of the feed stations 2 Check the magnification ratio Adjust with SP6 017 001 ADF Adjustment L Edge Mag if necessary Standard 5 0 Reduction mode 1 0 Enlargement mode 1 0 4 20...

Page 489: ...Registration Tray Plain 9 0 mm SP1 001 002 Leading Edge Registration Tray Middle Thick 9 0 mm SP1 001 003 Leading Edge Registration Tray Thick 9 0 mm SP1 001 005 Leading Edge Registration Tray Plain...

Page 490: ...ightly as shown on the previous page Print some pages of the 1 dot trimming pattern for steps 3 and 4 Then average the leading edge and side to side registration values and adjust each SP mode 3 Do th...

Page 491: ...tion shifts Do Auto Color Registration as follows to do the forced line position adjustment 1 First do SP2 111 003 2 Then do SP2 111 001 To check if SP2 111 001 was successful watch the screen during...

Page 492: ...alance Adjustment The adjustment uses only Offset values Never change Option values the default value is 0 Highlight Low ID Levels 1 through 6 in the C5 Y chart 13 level scale Middle Middle ID Levels...

Page 493: ...Mode Full Color Item to Adjust Level on the C 5Y chart Adjustment Standard 1 ID max K C M and Y Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 13 matches that of level 13 on the C 5Y chart 2 Mid...

Page 494: ...s that of level 11 on the C 5Y chart 4 Highlight Low ID K Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does not show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3...

Page 495: ...C 5Y chart Text parts of the test pattern cannot be printed clearly after you adjust shadow as shown above At this time check if the 5 line mm pattern at each corner is printed clearly If it is not a...

Page 496: ...tem to adjust Reference patch on the grayscale chart related to the half tone area Level on the C 5Y chart 13 rows scale Shadow High ID 12th patch from the lighter density C M Y 6 to 10 Center is the...

Page 497: ...SP2 117 001 M SP2 117 003 Y If all of the SP values are within 5 go to Step 9 If any of the SP values are not within 5 go to Step 5 Remove the paper exit tray A 1 Close the front door 2 Rotate the kno...

Page 498: ...s 1 3 4 rotations counter clockwise 3 Make sure that the front door is closed and execute execute MUSIC SP2 111 004 4 Check the result for each color 5 Rotate the knob s shown in the photo A to D at 9...

Page 499: ...the photo A to D at 90 degree intervals until the SP value for the affected color s is 0 There are two knobs on each of the two LD units A click is felt every 90 degree rotation Turning the knob clock...

Page 500: ...esult for each color 6 Rotate the knob s shown in the photo A to D at 90 degree intervals until the SP value for the affected color s is within 5 target 0 7 Exit the SP mode 8 Reattach the paper exit...

Page 501: ...SYSTEM MAINTENANCE...

Page 502: ......

Page 503: ...CE PROGRAM MODE 5 1 1 SP TABLES See Appendices for the following information Service Program Mode SP Tables SP1 XXX SP Tables SP2 XXX SP Tables SP3 XXX SP Tables SP4 XXX SP Tables SP5 XXX SP Tables SP...

Page 504: ...ware is basically supplied as a package However an individual firmware module may be provided on special occasions such as for correcting a problem Each firmware module such as System Copy Engine etc...

Page 505: ...oard PCB20 Bank2 Bank BIOS BiCU PCB1 HDD format option Controller Board PCB24 RPCS Controller Board PCB24 PS Controller Board PCB24 RPDL Controller Board PCB24 R98 Controller Board PCB24 R16 Controlle...

Page 506: ...B20 Scanner apl Smart Operation Panel CPU board PCB20 Remote Fax apl Smart Operation Panel CPU board PCB20 MIB Smart Operation Panel CPU board PCB20 Websupport Smart Operation Panel CPU board PCB20 We...

Page 507: ...D card is disabled If write protection is enabled an error code error code 44 etc will be displayed during download and the download will fail Before updating the firmware remove the network cable fro...

Page 508: ...separately If you download multiple versions for the same model only one of these versions is displayed on the machine s operation panel but which version is displayed is unpredictable Note for Update...

Page 509: ...OFF the main power 2 Insert the SD card into the SD card slot on the back of the machine 3 Turn ON the main power Wait until the update screen starts about 30 seconds When it appears Please Wait is di...

Page 510: ...ayed The figures at the lower right of the display indicate Number of updated items All items to be updated 6 Turning the main power OFF 7 Remove the SD card 8 Turn the main power ON again and check w...

Page 511: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB System Maintenance 3 Touch Media Update 4 When the following screen is displayed insert the removable media into the slot on the operation panel and touch OK 5 Touch Execute 6 Sel...

Page 512: ...he lower right of the display indicate Number of updated items All items to be updated 8 Turning the main power OFF 9 Remove the removable media from the slot on the operation panel 10 Turn the main p...

Page 513: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB System Maintenance 3 Touch Media Update 4 When the following screen is displayed insert the removable media into the slot on the operation panel and touch OK 5 Touch Execute 6 Sel...

Page 514: ...cannot be started depending on the state of the machine 8 When the following screen is displayed pull out the removable media from the slot on the operation panel and then touch OK Firmware update is...

Page 515: ...To set the date and time for firmware downloading The firmware will be automatically downloaded beforehand and updated at the following visit Update at the next visit is recommended since firmware dow...

Page 516: ...Firmware Update Smart Firmware Update D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 5 14 SM 2 Touch Firmware Update 3 Touch Network Update 4 Touch Execute Update 5 Touch YES...

Page 517: ...re has failed is displayed go back to step 1 The update will be started automatically after the download is finished When the machine is in the update mode the automatic update is suspended if a print...

Page 518: ...orm the actual installation at the next service visit This saves waiting time for the firmware to download at the service visit How to Set the Machine to Download Firmware Later Reserve Enter the Firm...

Page 519: ...e 4 Touch Reservation setting 5 Enter the dates and times of the next visit and the start of receiving data Next time to visit this customer The package firmware will be automatically downloaded by th...

Page 520: ...or example if the download is set for the day before the next visit the machine will attempt the download at 24 hours before the visit and then continue trying every six hours max four tries total The...

Page 521: ...the Firmware Downloaded with Reserve 1 Enter the SP mode 2 Touch Firmware Update 3 Touch Reserve 4 Touch Reserved package information 5 Check the information displayed When the package firmware was do...

Page 522: ...irmware has already been downloaded If not all the data items are indicated with When reservation update by the media device is set the package firmware information reserved from the media device is d...

Page 523: ...ackage in the HDD is older than the latest version the messages shown in the following picture are displayed If you wish to download the latest version touch Execute beside the message Download and up...

Page 524: ...e Update Smart Firmware Update D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 5 22 SM The machine will automatically reboot itself The figures at the lower right of the display indicate Number of updated items All items to be u...

Page 525: ...E REMOTE FIRMWARE UPDATE In this machine the software can be updated by remote control using Remote 5 5 1 RFU PERFORMABLE CONDITION RFU is performable for a device which meets the following conditions...

Page 526: ...an external network Be sure to get permission from the customer before setting Internet connection is needed 5 6 1 OVERVIEW Using Auto Remote Firmware Update ARFU the machine checks package firmware f...

Page 527: ...art Firmware Update can be used with ARFU Auto Remote Firmware Update and vice versa When replacing the hard disk information concerning the current firmware package becomes lost from the hard disk So...

Page 528: ...od or day set in the SP configuration or Web Image Monitor the machine will retry the firmware update determination 76 hours later If the machine is in use at the time of firmware update the machine w...

Page 529: ...k on the handset 10 During the PC FAX process from PC to machine data transfer to the end of the job 11 While switching to from the energy saving mode 12 When not being able to run the firmware update...

Page 530: ...d OK buttons appear in the dialog box Update can be manually started by pressing OK or starts automatically if the button is not pressed for 30 seconds If Cancel is pressed the machine will perform th...

Page 531: ...oot when the firmware update of all modules included in the following parts is complete 1 Engine Board 2 FCU PCB2 3 Controller Board PCB24 4 Operation Panel For example if the first firmware update fo...

Page 532: ...downloading the package is allowed The downloaded package can be used with SFU SP5 886 116 Display only Displays when the latest package check will run SP5 886 117 1 to 24 1 Set time for the next ver...

Page 533: ...record is created SP7 520 051 to 060 Display only History of the result of the download and the update Refer below for the numbers set No Result Description 1 Downloading with SFU Cannot download or...

Page 534: ...ause a user selected Cancel in the popup shown before starting the update 12 Offline failed Cannot start to update as the machine is offline for other reasons 13 Update successful The update was start...

Page 535: ...urred when downloading the package 22 Update by retry successful After a power failure unsuccessful update or rebooting update by retry is executed successfully However this does not apply to the case...

Page 536: ...ove solutions do not solve the problem 21 Insufficient memory for the download Switch the main power supply OFF and ON to try again Replace the controller board PCB24 if the updating cannot be done by...

Page 537: ...lace all relevant boards if the update is done for the BICU PCB1 and FCU PCB2 Replace the operation panel unit if the update is done for the operation panel After replacing the unit update it using th...

Page 538: ...lot on the back of the machine If the download fails again replace the controller board PCB24 and the BICU PCB1 After replacing the unit update it using the same removable media If the update is succe...

Page 539: ...emovable media 57 Remote is not connected at the date time reserved for receiving the package firmware update from the network Check the Remote connection 58 Update cannot be done due to a reception r...

Page 540: ...k that the network is connected correctly 70 Package firmware download from the network fails Check that the network is connected correctly 71 Network communication error occurs at the reserved date t...

Page 541: ...he limit There is too much data in the removable media Move fwu in the romdata directory out of that directory so that the same modules are not located in the same directory 83 Package RFU reception h...

Page 542: ...ge Administrator Authentication User Authentication App Auth Administrator Authentication Management Register Change Administrator Enable Machine Management and login as the machine administrator 2 Pr...

Page 543: ...or Tools Heap Stack Size Settings 3 Stop all SDK applications except for Java TM Platform 1 Display the Startup Setting menu Device Management Configuration Extended Feature Settings Startup Setting 2...

Page 544: ...ter If the SD memory card reader writer is detected as F the drive letter is f 3 Download the update modules from the Firmware Download Center 4 Unzip the downloaded file and then execute the exe file...

Page 545: ...that the VM card is fully inserted and then turn the main power ON 2 Log in as the machine administrator from Operation panel Web Image Monitor 3 Set Auto Start whose status is OFF to On 4 Compare th...

Page 546: ...need a record of the NVRAM settings if the upload fails Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before printing the SMC Otherwise the latest settings may not be collected when the SMC is p...

Page 547: ...he connection between the controller and BiCU PCB1 is defective Do the download procedure again if the download fails Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails Enter the NVRAM data manual...

Page 548: ...Name Key Display Select Title Folder Local Authentication Folder Authentication Account ACL New Document Initial ACL LDAP Authentication 5 10 2 DOWNLOAD 1 Prepare a formatted SD card 2 Make sure that...

Page 549: ...1 Turn OFF the power 2 Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine 3 Install the SD card which has already been uploaded into the SD card slot 2 lower 4 Turn ON the power 5 Enter the...

Page 550: ...wer 2 Insert the SD card into the operation panel SD card slot or the SD card slot 2 lower and then turn ON the power 3 Enter SP mode 4 Select System Copy SP 5 Select SP5 992 001 SP Text Mode and then...

Page 551: ...ss EXECUTE 7 Press EXECUTE again to start Press CANCEL to cancel the saving 8 It is executing it is shown on the screen while executing 9 Wait for 2 to 3 minutes until Completed is shown The SMC list...

Page 552: ...er saved in this file First four digits 5992 in this part are fixed The other one or two digits are the detail SP number s In this case it is one digit Therefore this file is of SP5 992 001 All data l...

Page 553: ...n this function is executed This function can save the SMC list data only to an SD card inserted into the operation panel SD card slot 5 11 4 ERROR MESSAGES SMC List Card Save error message Failed FAC...

Page 554: ...logs when problems occur Then you can copy the logs to an SD card You can retrieve the device logs using a SD card without a network Analysis of the device log is effective for problems caused by the...

Page 555: ...g conditions While erasing all memory While data encryption equipment is installed While changing the firmware configuration Forced power OFF accidentally disconnecting the outlet Engine device log wh...

Page 556: ...erred to the HDD by opening the front cover 2 Turn OFF the main power 3 Insert the SD card into the slot on the side of the operation panel or the service slot It is recommended to use the SD card 2 G...

Page 557: ...ation page SP5 858 122 Font page SP5 858 123 Print settings list SP5 858 124 Error log SP5 858 131 Fax information whether the fax destinations are included or not depends on the setting of SP5 858 10...

Page 558: ...r logs to be copied to the SD card 11 After a message stating that the process has completed appears on the operation panel confirm that the LED light next to the SD card slot is not flashing and then...

Page 559: ...sInfo cgi 2 Specify the date that the problem occurred and the number of days to download the logs If the fax destinations need to be included in the fax information set On as Obtain Fax Destination s...

Page 560: ...oading click Cancel Operation panel when downloading the logs 5 After a while the save or save and open dialog will appear Specify where to download and save the file The debug logs are saved with the...

Page 561: ...Capturing the Device Logs SM 5 59 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB System Maintenance Font List Error Log Fax information SMC SC 819 log...

Page 562: ...cannot be exported if Live Wallpaper is selected Data that cannot be Imported or Exported Some System Settings 1 Extended Feature Settings Address book Program Fax function Program Printer function Se...

Page 563: ...l privileges 3 Press Settings on the Home screen System Settings 4 Press Settings for Administrator Data Management Device Setting Information Export Memory Storage Device 5 Set the export conditions...

Page 564: ...creen System Settings 4 Press Settings for Administrator Data Management Device Setting Information Import Memory Storage Device 5 Configure the import conditions Press Select File of the Device Setti...

Page 565: ...Panel to be exported 5 Select Option settings Unique Secret Item Specification Note Unique Unique information of the machine is included in the exported file if you select Unique setting Unique infor...

Page 566: ...Secret are selected 6 Select Crypt config setting Encryption Encryption Select whether to encrypt or not when exporting If you push the Encryption key you can export secret information If the encrypt...

Page 567: ...on file If an error occurs check the log s result code in the access log file first Values other than 0 indicate that an error occurred The result code will appear in the circled area illustrated belo...

Page 568: ...failure is logged in NgCode Check the code Reason for the Error Ng Name 2 INVALID VALUE The specified value exceeds the allowable range 3 PERMISSION ERROR The permission to edit the setting is missin...

Page 569: ...Line 2dot 16 Hound s Tooth Check Horizontal 5 Grid Vertical Line 17 Band Horizontal 6 Grid Horizontal Line 18 Band Vertical 7 Grid Pattern Small 19 Checker Flag Pattern 8 Grid Pattern Large 20 Graysc...

Page 570: ...lack White on the LCD If you want to use color printing touch Full Color on the LCD 7 Press the Start key to start the test print 8 After checking the test pattern touch SP Mode on the LCD to return t...

Page 571: ...list of all files created on the card by the card save function Previously stored files on the SD card can be overwritten or left intact Card Save SD has Add and New menu items Card Save Add Appends f...

Page 572: ...o register the change The result should look like 00010000 By doing this Card Save option will appear in the List Test Print menu 7 Press Exit to exit SP Mode 8 Press Settings icon 9 Press Printer Set...

Page 573: ...ng light should start blinking 16 As soon as the printer receives the data it will be stored on the SD card automatically with no print output Nothing is displayed on the screen indicating that a Card...

Page 574: ...ection change to kernel mode failed to initialize Card not found Card cannot be detected in the slot No memory Insufficient working memory to process the job Write error Failed to write to the card Ot...

Page 575: ...ation panel when SC occurs The error involves the fusing unit The machine operation is disabled The user cannot reset the error Reset the SC set SP5 810 001 and then cycle the power OFF and ON When ca...

Page 576: ...med During automatic reboot a confirmation screen is displayed after the reboot When automatic reboot occurs twice continuously an SC is displayed without rebooting and logging count is performed Also...

Page 577: ...ey display is not cancelled only when the main power switch SW1 is switched OFF to ON Status display on the current screen Post processing Post processing during printing etc Automatic reboot After op...

Page 578: ...Self Diagnostic Mode D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 6 4 SM...

Page 579: ...tic Mode SM 6 5 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Troubleshooting 6 1 4 SC MANUAL REBOOT When the automatic reboot is disabled in SP5 875 001 SC automatic reboot setting user reboot the machine manually See the flo...

Page 580: ...he power OFF then ON If the SC occurs again do the following steps Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step 1 Check the scanning guide plate If the scanning guide plate is dirty c...

Page 581: ...BiCU harness FFC SBU PCB11 LEDB scanner lamp board harness FFC connector 2 Check the whit plate that is used for shading adjustment This plate is attached to the back side of the sheet through or pla...

Page 582: ...lace the following harnesses Scanner Carriage BiCU PCB1 FFC SC No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC111 01 D LED Error Scanning Rear Side The peak white level is less th...

Page 583: ...place the following harnesses CIS S21 BiCU PCB1 FFC 3 Replace the CIS S21 4 Replace the harness FFC 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC120 00 D...

Page 584: ...t of the scanner HP sensor S20 with SP5 803 200 2 Replace the Scanner HP Sensor S20 if input check fails 3 Replace the Scanner Motor M7 4 Replace the harness No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Tro...

Page 585: ...ate for shading adjustment is dirty or installed incorrectly Check if the SC occurs by turning the power OFF then ON If the SC occurs again do the following steps Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling t...

Page 586: ...ess FFC 2 Replace the scanner carriage 3 Replace the BiCU PCB1 4 Replace the following harness Scanner Carriage BiCU PCB1 FFC No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC151 00...

Page 587: ...dirty or damaged clean or replace it 2 Replace the following harnesses CIS S21 BiCU PCB1 FFC 3 Replace the CIS S21 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 5 Replace the harness FFC No Type Details Symptom Possible Ca...

Page 588: ...leshooting Procedures SC180 01 B BiCU Error Double feed detection failure Error signal is detected during the failure detection operation Disconnected connectors or damaged harness Sensors abnormal ou...

Page 589: ...the harness between Laser unit and BiCU PCB1 3 Check CN300 a connector with three pins for the Polygon Mirror Motor M5 M6 from the PSU PCB16 PCB17 There is no problem if the multimeter indicates 24 2V...

Page 590: ...ror K C SC204 03 D Polygon Motor Error 1 XSCRDY Signal Error M Y Polygon mirror Motor M5 M6 cannot rotate correctly This SC is detected when the Polygon Mirror Motor M5 M6 is deactivated Polygon Mirro...

Page 591: ...e power off on 2 Check for condensation on the LDB 3 Check the harness between LDB Synchronizing mechanism and BiCU PCB1 4 Replace the Laser unit 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 6 Replace the harness between...

Page 592: ...sible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC240 01 D LD Error K SC240 02 D LD Error C SC240 03 D LD Error M SC240 04 D LD Error Y The LD current is more than the prescribed current during emitting light...

Page 593: ...d BiCU PCB1 3 Check the combination of BiCU PCB1 and Laser unit Check that the BiCU PCB1 of an IM C300 is not being used with the laser unit of an IM C400 or vice versa 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 5 Repla...

Page 594: ...rs S27 S29 cannot detect the MUSIC pattern Color registration error is larger than the specified value Refer to When SC285 00 MUSIC error Is Displayed 6 3 1 WHEN SC285 00 MUSIC ERROR IS DISPLAYED As S...

Page 595: ...ed if the result is 2xx x2x or xx2 Execute recovery operation for SC370 There is a high probability that contaminants scars or irregularities may exist on the belt if the result is 3xx x3x or xx3 Exec...

Page 596: ...nd connector for ID Sensors S27 S29 3 Replace the ID Sensors S27 S29 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 Check if there is no problem concerning the mechanism interference or deformation 1 Execute SP5 804 021 OUT...

Page 597: ...turning the power OFF then ON If the SC occurs again do the following steps Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step 1 Check the drum condition Check the terminal A see the pictu...

Page 598: ...r CMY M9 2 Reconnect the connector 3 Replace the harness 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 5 Replace the PCDU No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC325 01 D Development Motor CMY E...

Page 599: ...the connector 4 Replace the harness for the Drum Motor M10 M11 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 6 Replace the PCDU No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC396 01 D Drum Motor K Err...

Page 600: ...ectors are connected If not good reconnect the connectors 2 Check the PCDU e g Gear harness disconnected Heat protection seal removed Using an old PCDU If not good replace the PCDU 3 Check whether the...

Page 601: ...for the following points and recover or replace it if there are any defects Gear comes off PCDU is not installed correctly 3 Check the TD Sensor S14 and recover or replace it if there are any defects...

Page 602: ...ed when installing the options listed below Dehumidification Heater PFU Dehumidification Heater main unit Anti condensation Heater 2 Check the PCDU for the following points and recover or replace it i...

Page 603: ...indicates an error at the front If an error is detected at the front ID Sensor S27 enter the maximum value 50 in SP3 322 021 If an error is detected at the center ID Sensor S28 enter the maximum valu...

Page 604: ...ible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures Scratches toner filming wavy belt or insufficient cleaning 5 Replace the ID Sensors S27 S29 6 Check and connect the related harness if it is disconnected 7 Replac...

Page 605: ...ITB Lift HP Sensor S33 4 Check the harnesses 5 Replace the ITB Lift HP Sensor S33 6 Replace the ITB Lift Motor M14 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC491 00 C High Vo...

Page 606: ...N801 on the High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22 and cycle the main power OFF ON If the SC occurs again go to the next step 6 Remove and install the High Voltage Power Supply Development PCB22...

Page 607: ...rs again If this SC reoccurs do the following 1 Reconnect all the related connectors and cycle the main power OFF ON to check if the SC reoccurs 2 Replace the Imaging Temperature Sensor TH5 and cycle...

Page 608: ...5 2 Reconnect the connector 3 Replace the harness 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC501 01 B 1st Paper Tray Lift Error IM C400 series only 1st...

Page 609: ...ct clean it 3 Replace the harness of the Tray Lift Sensor S35 or Tray Lift Motor M15 4 Replace the paper feed unit or paper tray 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubles...

Page 610: ...e Bypass Tray Lift Clutch CL1 Disconnected or defective Bypass Tray Lift Sensor S4 Defective bypass bottom plate detection filler 1 Check or replace the connectors of the Bypass Tray Lift Clutch CL1 2...

Page 611: ...M1 Error 3rd Tray SC527 00 B Optional PFU 3 Paper Transport Motor M1 Error 4th Tray The motor LOCK signal from the optional PFU is detected while the motor is ON Motor overload Defective motor Discon...

Page 612: ...otor M13 Loose connection Disconnected or defective harness Defective BiCU PCB1 Fusing unit torque increased 1 Replace the Fusing Motor M13 2 Reconnect the connector of the Fusing Motor M13 3 Replace...

Page 613: ...C542 02 A Fusing Thermopile TH1 Reload Error SC542 12 D Fusing Thermopile TH1 Reload Error Low Power Fusing temperature failed to reach a temperature of 80 degrees C after passing six seconds when The...

Page 614: ...the input voltage and replace the power plug SC542 13 only 2 Replace the Fusing Thermostat 3 Replace the Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly fusing lamp 4 Check and clean the Thermopile lenses or replace the...

Page 615: ...H1 4 Replace the harness between the fusing unit and BiCU PCB1 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 6 Replace the PSU AC PCB17 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC545 01 A Fusing La...

Page 616: ...ay contact defective Zero cross signal cannot be detected if the fusing relay is activated Broken fusing relay open circuit Fusing relay circuit failure PSU fuse 24VS worn out 1 Make sure that the har...

Page 617: ...PSU AC PCB17 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC554 00 A Fusing Thermistor non contact sensor S10 High Temperature Error Hardware Error Fusing Thermistor non contact...

Page 618: ...the gear fusing unit 3 Replace the fusing unit 4 Replace the Fusing Motor M13 5 Replace the gear mainframe if damaged No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC561 01 A Press...

Page 619: ...nput voltage out of specification out of warranty Fusing Thermostat open 1 Check the input voltage and replace the power plug SC562 12 only 2 Replace the Fusing Thermostat 3 Replace the Fusing Sleeve...

Page 620: ...ymptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC571 01 A Pressure Roller Thermistor edge rear TH3 Disconnection SC571 11 D Pressure Roller Thermistor edge rear TH3 Disconnection Low Power Pressure...

Page 621: ...g SC572 12 only 2 Replace the Fusing Thermostat 3 Replace the Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly fusing lamp 4 Replace the Pressure Roller Thermistor edge rear TH3 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 6 Replace the PSU A...

Page 622: ...the above steps cannot resolve the issue No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC581 01 A Open Fusing Thermistor non contact sensor S10 SC581 02 A Shorted Fusing Thermisto...

Page 623: ...he BiCU PCB1 and Pressure Roller Thermistor edge front TH2 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 6 Replace the PSU AC PCB17 7 Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue No Type Details...

Page 624: ...d Pressure Roller Thermistor edge front TH2 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 5 Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Pro...

Page 625: ...er interface cable 2 Check the machine and finisher firmware version Run the firmware update when there is a new firmware released 3 Replace the harness 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 5 Replace the finisher...

Page 626: ...per Feed Unit 3 Paper Tray 4 Communication Error An error signal is detected during communication between the optional paper feed unit and the main machine Optional Paper Feed Unit 3 Main Board PCB1 i...

Page 627: ...RAM error was returned by the counter device Counter device control board or the backup battery of counter device defective 1 Replace the counter device control board 2 Replace the backup battery SC N...

Page 628: ...Error Management Server Error Tracking information was lost Communication with tracking management server failed Network error tracking management server error Tracking SDK application error Turn the...

Page 629: ...ttle Sensor Board PCB7 2 Reconnect the connectors between the BiCU PCB1 and Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 3 Replace the harness between the BiCU PCB1 and Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 4 Replace the...

Page 630: ...rror related to communication dialup connection modem board etc using the RC Gate Type M was detected or an error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at power on Displayed only when an error...

Page 631: ...using the RC Gate was detected or an error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at power on Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is operating SC is not issued if an error occ...

Page 632: ...of the certificate and the NVRAM check the machine serial number write the common certificate and then begin installation again No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC653...

Page 633: ...cking dust or damaged parts 1 Turn the main switch OFF and ON 2 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC665 11 D Vodka1 Connection Error A communicati...

Page 634: ...lure to mount the part solder scrap mounted part malfunction etc 1 Turn the main switch OFF and ON 2 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC667 10 D...

Page 635: ...rror SC669 14 D EEPROM Data write Communication abort error SC669 15 D EEPROM Data write Communication timeout error SC669 16 D EEPROM Data write Operation stopped error SC669 17 D EEPROM Data write B...

Page 636: ...m power ON Writing to Rapi driver failed the other party not found through PCI BiCU PCB1 does not start up Check if the SC occurs by turning the main power OFF then ON at least 10 times If the SC occu...

Page 637: ...the SC occurs by turning the main power OFF then ON at least 10 times If the SC occurs again do the following steps Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step 1 Reconnect the BiCU P...

Page 638: ...energy saver mode This is a logging SC No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC672 00 C Controller Start Up Error After the machine was powered ON communication between th...

Page 639: ...f USB cable between the operation panel and the BiCU PCB1 3 Check the connection of the Controller Board PCB24 4 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooti...

Page 640: ...rness 3 Check the connection of the Controller Board PCB24 4 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC672 13 D Controller Start Up Error T...

Page 641: ...ct the USB cable and harness Reconnect both the operation panel end and the controller end 2 Replace the USB cable and harness 3 Replace the controller board 4 Replace the operation panel No Type Deta...

Page 642: ...o Smart Operation Panel SP setting SP5 748 201 for Smart Operation Panel is not activated The CATS module controller did not see the response to notification of monitoring service module operation pan...

Page 643: ...t the harness between the BiCU PCB1 and Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 2 Replace the harness between the BiCU PCB1 and Toner Bottle Sensor Board PCB7 3 Replace the BiCU PCB1 and toner bottle at the sa...

Page 644: ...CDU if the TD Sensors S14 S17 work incorrectly 4 Replace the harness between the BiCU PCB1 and the TD Sensors S14 S17 5 Replace the BiCU PCB1 Check the SC s branch number part and do the above steps f...

Page 645: ...29 Device stops logically Noise Incorrect connection Malfunction 31 34 Full of buffer request Noise Incorrect connection Malfunction 36 39 Verification error Noise Incorrect connection 51 Verification...

Page 646: ...eck if there is any unusual odor from the solenoid or any problem with its appearance Replace the solenoid if there are any defects 3 Check if there is any unusual odor from the motor or any problem w...

Page 647: ...splayed as jams An SC is displayed when it is repeated five times Motor defective Connector disconnected Motor overload Jogger fence HP sensor S41 defective Check if the SC occurs by turning the main...

Page 648: ...le Tray Paper Sensor S42 Stapler Motor M23 is not stripped or entrapped Replace the harness if there are any defects 2 Check if there is any unusual odor from the Staple Tray Paper Sensor SN42 or any...

Page 649: ...e Replace it if there are any defects 3 Check if there is any unusual odor from the Gathering Roller Motor M18 or any problem with its appearance Replace it if there are any defects 4 Replace the fini...

Page 650: ...Motor M19 Error During the initial operation or the gathering roller descends onto the paper the Shift Roller HP Sensor S37 does not turn OFF even though the Shift Roller Motor M19 rotates with the s...

Page 651: ...tray is lowered the Remaining Paper Sensor SN40 does not turn ON even after the specified lapse of time The first four times are displayed as jams An SC is displayed when it is repeated five times Mo...

Page 652: ...harness between the finisher Main Board PCB25 and the Remaining Paper Sensor S40 Stopper Solenoid SOL3 is not stripped or entrapped Replace the harness if there are any defects 2 Check if there is any...

Page 653: ...LPUX_RETURN_FACTOR_STR error SC816 10 to 12 D Sysarch LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO error SC816 13 D open error SC816 14 D Memory address error SC816 15 to 18 D open error SC816 19 D Double open error SC816 20 D...

Page 654: ...r Board defective Optional board defective 1 Cycle the main power OFF and ON 2 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 3 Update the system firmware 4 Replace the peripheral No Type Details Symptom Possible...

Page 655: ...proceed to the next step 2 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 or the engine board BiCU PCB1 0x5355 L2 Status Timeout L2 status register between Engine ASIC and Veena was not reached the target value w...

Page 656: ...n too much RAM is used during system processing vm_pageout VM is full 1 When this error occurs Automatic Reboot is performed by Kernel Console string Other Error characters on operation panel System d...

Page 657: ...ause Troubleshooting Procedures SC820 00 C Self diagnostics Error CPU XXXX Detailed error code 00FF Uninitialized Interrupt Error Cache error such as a parity error occurred CPU device error Local bus...

Page 658: ...though setting interrupt by timer CPU device error ASIC device error 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC820 00 C Self diagnostics...

Page 659: ...ache stored in the primary cache CPU device error 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC820 00 D Self diagnostics Error CPU XXXX Deta...

Page 660: ...ymptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC820 00 D Self diagnostics Error CPU XXXX Detailed error code 0709 Data Cache Hit Error 070A Data Cache Clear Error In spite of writing data only in t...

Page 661: ...device 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 0B06 ASIC Detection Error Error in the I O ASIC for system control detection Defective ASIC Defective North Bridge and PCII F 1 Replace the Controller Board...

Page 662: ...efective HDD harness disconnected defective Controller Board defective 1 Replace the HDD 2 Replace the HDD connector 3 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 3004 Diagnostic Command Error No response to t...

Page 663: ...ve PHY chip Defective ASIC MII I F 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 6105 PHY IC Loop back Error An error occurred during the loop back test for the PHY IC on the controller PHY chip Defective MAC...

Page 664: ...d PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC828 00 D Self diagnostic Error ROM xxxx Detailed error code 0101 Check Sum Error 1 The boot monitor and OS program stored in...

Page 665: ...ucture Error Every time the main power turns on structures of the optional RAM are checked If an error is detected at this time the self diagnostic module will not check the optional RAM No Type Detai...

Page 666: ...loopback connector is connected but check results is an error IEEE1284 connector error Centronic loopback connector defective 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 110C DMA Verify Error The loopback co...

Page 667: ...SC839 00 D Self diagnostic Error Serial Flash xxxx Detailed error code 9001 Serial Flash Access Error USB NAND Flash ROM cannot be read Defective Controller Board PCB24 1 Replace the Controller Board...

Page 668: ...hooting Procedures SC842 02 C Number of Nand Flash Block Deletions Exceeded At startup or when the machined returned from low power mode the Nand Flash was read and judged that the number of deleted b...

Page 669: ...DIMM on the Controller Board PCB24 If the problem persists after replacing the DIMM replace the hard disk No Type Error Name Error Condition Major Cause Solution SC845 51 C Network DIMM or Hard Disk F...

Page 670: ...issued only in the case of STALL 1 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC859 01 B Data Encryption Conversion HDD Conversion Error HDD...

Page 671: ...ta was converted but not correctly Image displayed at conversion only this SC is not displayed but SC is displayed after machine is cycled OFF ON Details Abnormal DMAC return value has been received t...

Page 672: ...files to the hard disk The machine shut down while writing files to the hard disk Be sure to back up the address book and retrieve the log before formatting the hard disk 1 Turn the main power OFF ON...

Page 673: ...e main power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists replace the storage device No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC863 01 D HDD Data Read Failure The data written to the HDD...

Page 674: ...e machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still takes 20 to 30 seconds or more the HDD may be the cause If there is a problem with the HDD HDD related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will...

Page 675: ...ion the HDD returned an error The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 bad sector or SC864 CRC error 1 Replace the HDD No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures...

Page 676: ...Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC866 00 B SD Card Authentication Error A license error of an application that is started from the SD card was detected Invalid program data...

Page 677: ...ror occurred at the mount point of mnt sd2 SD card defective SD controller defective Slot number is displayed on the sub code Detail code is described in SMC print can confirm the details of the error...

Page 678: ...ine operation SC870 08 B Address Book data error Machine configuration HDD is present but the space for storing the Address Book is unusable SC870 09 B Address Book data error Machine configuration In...

Page 679: ...ress Book data error Encryption settings Failed to erase the file that records the encryption key during an attempt to change the encryption setting SC870 57 B Address Book data error Encryption setti...

Page 680: ...meter 1 Cycle the main power OFF and ON 2 Update the firmware if more recent firmware was released No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC872 00 B HDD Mail Reception Error...

Page 681: ...e Data Area failure in performing hdderase SC874 41 D Delete All Error Delete Data Area Other fatal errors SC874 42 D Delete All Error Delete Data Area End by cancellation SC874 61 to 65 D Delete All...

Page 682: ...e Log encryption is enabled but encryption module is not installed Inconsistency of encryption key between NVRAM and HDD Software bug Try the SC876 01 to 99 solutions listed below If it is not solved...

Page 683: ...SP5 801 019 Initialize the HDD SP5 832 004 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC876 04 D Log Data Error 4 An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power...

Page 684: ...een removed turn the main power OFF and reinstall a working Data Overwrite Security option SD card No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC878 00 D TPM Authentication Error...

Page 685: ...mber Test Error An error was detected when a random number table was generated during a self test TPM is defective 1 Turn the main power OFF ON 2 Replace the Controller Board PCB24 if the SC occurs ag...

Page 686: ...SC890 01 A PaaS Function Tampering Detection PaaS data in NVRAM and on USB flash drive do not match at startup Activate PaaS Install After successful installation reboot Notes on application Before at...

Page 687: ...se Solution SC899 00 D Software Performance Error signal reception end Unknown software error occurred Occurs when an internal program behaves abnormally In the case of a hardware defect 1 Replace the...

Page 688: ...Printing SC920 01 B Printer Application Error Timeout during Printing SC920 02 B Printer Error WORK memory not acquired SC920 03 B Printer Application Error Filter process not started SC920 04 B Print...

Page 689: ...HDD status codes Display Meaning 1 HDD not connected 2 HDD not ready 3 No label 4 Partition type incorrect 5 Error returned during label read or check 6 Error returned during label read or check 7 fil...

Page 690: ...nt and address book data on the hard disks Consult with the customer before you do this SP code Procedure 4 1 If Procedure 3 does not solve the problem replace the HDD No Type Details Symptom Possible...

Page 691: ...n when not operating This SC occurs if the value of the register of the error detection signal is zero three times in a row when the Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 is not operating Connector disconnected The...

Page 692: ...BiCU PCB1 Take care not to bend the connector pins when reconnecting the connector 2 Reconnect the relay connector and Bypass Tray Lift Clutch CL1 connector Take care not to bend the connector pins wh...

Page 693: ...OFF and then back ON If the SC occurs again do the following steps Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step 1 Reconnect the connector to the BiCU PCB1 Take care not to bend the c...

Page 694: ...ce Unit Error Setting of the optional counter interface is ON and register values of the set detection signal of the optional counter interface unit is 1 3 times in a row Driver s error of the optiona...

Page 695: ...onnector and Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 connector Take care not to bend the connector pins when reconnecting the connector 3 Replace the Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symp...

Page 696: ...the connector 3 Replace the Duplex Clutch CL6 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC940 81 D Load SW 3 3V_L Overcurrent Detection The load SW has...

Page 697: ...Lift Sensor S35 Duplex Exit Sensor S2 Paper Exit Sensor S7 Fusing Entrance Sensor S3 Fusing Exit Sensor S8 Bypass Tray Lift Sensor S4 Bypass Paper Width Sensor S5 Fusing Thermopile TH1 Waste Toner Fu...

Page 698: ...cur 1 Check whether the SC occurs by pressing each of the above mentioned connectors and turning the main power OFF and then back ON in order to identify the malfunctioning part Then replace the malfu...

Page 699: ...ed an unexpected operation SC991 covers recoverable errors as opposed to SC990 Parameter error Internal parameter error Insufficient work memory Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normal...

Page 700: ...cations the logs can be taken from the monitor If this option is available analyze the logs No Type Details Symptom Possible Cause Troubleshooting Procedures SC998 00 D Application Start Error After p...

Page 701: ...le 41 to 42 Vt error Vt maximum or minimum error is detected Defective development unit Vt maximum error and an image is faint 1 Replace the toner supply pump unit Vt maximum error and an image is O K...

Page 702: ...f range 5 0 Gamma ID sensor pattern density is too high Hardware defective Same as 53 56 Gamma error Minimum Gamma is out of range Gamma 0 15 ID sensor pattern density is too low Hardware defective 1...

Page 703: ...image transfer belt Defective ID sensors S27 S29 Poor connection Defective BiCU PCB1 1 Clean the ID sensors S27 S29 2 Check the belt cleaning Clean or replace the transfer belt 3 Replace the image tra...

Page 704: ...ent has correctly been done 2 Cannot detect patterns ID sensors S27 S29 have not detected the patterns for line position adjustment See Note 3 Fewer lines on the pattern than the target The patterns w...

Page 705: ...r Image Quality Problems SM 6 131 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Troubleshooting 6 12 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEMS 6 12 1 FLOWCHART FOR IDENTIFYING UNIT CAUSING IMAGE QUALITY DEGRADATION PROBLEM AT...

Page 706: ...ct density with SP2 109 006 to 009 for each color If select 0 with SP2 109 006 through 009 the color adjusted so will not show up in the test pattern 4 Press Copy Window then specify the settings on t...

Page 707: ...Fusing Unit ITB Image Transfer Belt Unit 6 12 2 ONLY BLACK IS NOT PRINTED Black cannot be printed A Normal B Problem evident The ITB contact release lever is not set to the proper position If the ITB...

Page 708: ...position 6 12 3 MISRECOGNITION OF AUTO COLOR SELECTION WHEN SCANNING ORIGINALS In Auto Color Selection ACS mode 2 processes are carried out namely 1 Chromatic Color Recognition and 2 Size Recognition...

Page 709: ...continually If interspersed minute chromatic color pixels are detected as shown below the original is not recognized as a full color original In A C S Sensitivity you can adjust the level of 2 Size R...

Page 710: ...CANNER In the Auto Color Selection hereafter called ACS mode if copying or scanning an original on which color is printed only on the edge the original will be misrecognized as monochrome If so color...

Page 711: ...d simultaneously If recognized as monochrome in the ACS recognition color without a K component will not be printed Countermeasure Change the ACS area excluded from recognition with the following SP s...

Page 712: ...ding edge right D Main scan direction rear E Paper F ACS area excluded from recognition Because the edge of the original is subject to noise color misrecognition may occur after setting these SPs smal...

Page 713: ...d text or dark colored text in Full Color Auto Color Selection Two Color mode The following figure shows an example of colored text being printed in black This occurs when copying an original with an...

Page 714: ...chroma colors or achromatic color may be partly erroneously recognized as black text and printed with black only Cause 2 Colored text with an image visible from the other side which is scanned darkly...

Page 715: ...e result is 1 refer to Countermeasure list for color registration errors 3 Do SP2 111 001 Mode a fine adjustment twice 4 Use SP2 194 007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is corre...

Page 716: ...Defective BiCU PCB1 1 Replace the ID sensor shutter solenoid SOL2 2 Replace the ID sensors S27 S29 3 Replace the BiCU PCB1 After Executing SP2 111 003 Result 1 in SP2 194 007 One of results 5 Out of a...

Page 717: ...PCB1 Others Skew correction upper limit error Defective BiCU PCB1 Defective laser optics housing unit 1 Perform the color skew adjustment Image Adjustment 2 Replace the BiCU PCB1 3 Replace the laser o...

Page 718: ...ced process control SP3 011 001 or supply some toner SP3 030 xxx The main scan registrations of M C Y K are shifted by more than 1 4 Defective laser optics housing unit Defective BiCU PCB1 1 Do SP2 11...

Page 719: ...ration errors in SP2 194 010 011 012 013 Test pattern check Possible cause Countermeasure Low image density on the output Low pattern density Do the forced process control SP3 011 001 or supply some t...

Page 720: ...ective BiCU PCB1 1 Reinstall or replace the PCDU 2 Perform the color skew adjustment Image Adjustment 3 Replace the laser optics housing unit 4 Replace the BiCU PCB1 The sub scan lines are shifted Shi...

Page 721: ...er HV output Replace High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 Image transfer belt not contacting PCDU Check the belt tension unit Defective the drum motor CMY M10 Replace the drum motor CMY M10 Defect...

Page 722: ...09 inches Defective fusing belt Replace the fusing unit At intervals of 40 82 mm 1 60 inches Defective image transfer roller Replace the image transfer roller 6 12 12 DARK VERTICAL LINE ON PRINTS Symp...

Page 723: ...Y COLOR DOTS Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions Unexpected dots of the same color appear at irregular intervals Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU Defective image transfer belt unit Replace the ima...

Page 724: ...fusing unit Replace the fusing unit 6 12 21 IMAGE SKEW Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions Images are skewed Incorrect installation of paper Install the paper correctly Incorrect paper guide posi...

Page 725: ...in the areas around the paper edges Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU Defective toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridge Defective image transfer belt unit Replace the image transfer belt unit Image...

Page 726: ...does not open even if the opening closing lever is operated Causes When replacing parts for example the duplex unit hooking the hook band A has been forgotten so the opening closing lever and the dupl...

Page 727: ...oubleshooting for Other Problems SM 6 153 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Troubleshooting IM C400series 3 Remove the cover A 4 Remove the interlock switch cover A IM C300series IM C400series 5 Remove the bracket...

Page 728: ...Troubleshooting for Other Problems D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 6 154 SM IM C300series IM C400series 6 Release the hook A from the hole where the bracket was removed IM C300series...

Page 729: ...at the placement location fluorescent and or LED lamps flicker Causes This is a result of the voltage drop that occurs when power is applied to the fusing lamp It depends on the electrical power envir...

Page 730: ...h Rotation Start Stop Time After Reload Change this SP from 30 sec initial value to 0 Then the fusing heater does not turn ON after the warm up mode The fusing temperature is lowered during the standb...

Page 731: ...he fusing unit drive work through the check procedures given below Because damaged or dirty parts can lead to secondary failure always follow the procedure Take particular care not to be caught in the...

Page 732: ...Troubleshooting for Other Problems D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 6 158 SM...

Page 733: ...l Fails if the fusing unit is installed or the cover is open SP1 158 003 Abnormal Noise Confirmation Operation Time Rotates during this time Initial value 20 sec SP1 158 004 Abnormal Noise Confirmatio...

Page 734: ...3 Fusing entrance sensor S3 L CN523 22 Open Jam B Jam 18 Shorted Jam C S4 Bypass tray lift sensor S4 H CN523 11 Open SC508 Shorted S5 Bypass paper width sensor S5 L CN523 2 Open A4 LT size is not dete...

Page 735: ...S11 Toner end sensor C S11 A CN539 10 Open SC374 Shorted S12 Toner end sensor M S12 A CN539 9 Open SC373 Shorted S13 Toner end sensor Y S13 A CN539 8 Open SC375 Shorted S14 TD sensor K S14 A CN540 2...

Page 736: ...rted H CN401 7 8 10 11 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 23 Open SC151 Black level correction error rear side Shorted S22 Original set sensor S22 L CN404 26 Open Original set cannot be detected Shorted S23 ADF top...

Page 737: ...L CN571 8 Open Paper end is detected when there is paper in the paper tray Shorted Paper end is not detected when there is no paper in the paper tray S31 Paper feed sensor S31 L CN571 5 Open Jam A Sho...

Page 738: ...oner bottle is nearly full TH 1 Fusing thermopile TH1 A CN525 6 Open SC541 Shorted TH 2 Pressure roller thermistor edge front TH2 A CN525 25 Open SC591 Shorted TH 3 Pressure roller thermistor edge rea...

Page 739: ...S42 H CN110 5 Open A paper jam is erroneously detected Shorted Paper is not detected and stapling is not executed SN7 Paper exit sensor S43 L CN110 8 Open Failed to detect paper jam Shorted Stay Jam...

Page 740: ...Name Replaceable circuit in the PSU PCB17 FU101 N A Protecting the fusing circuit in the PSU PCB16 15A 250V 11071241 TCL 15A N4 Yes FU103 CN600 4 5 Anti condensation Heater H1 2A 250V 11071362 SCT2A N...

Page 741: ...r Jam History Latest4 SP7 507 006 Plotter Jam History Latest5 SP7 507 007 Plotter Jam History Latest6 SP7 507 008 Plotter Jam History Latest7 SP7 507 009 Plotter Jam History Latest8 SP7 507 010 Plotte...

Page 742: ...Jam Detection D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 6 168 SM...

Page 743: ...per not fed from 1st tray A 1 A1 2 004 Paper not fed from 2nd tray optional Y1 005 Paper not fed from 3rd tray optional Y2 006 Paper not fed from 4th tray optional Y3 008 Registration sensor S32 When...

Page 744: ...ensor 3 S1 Y3 055 Registration sensor S32 When paper is fed from bypass tray B 056 Registration sensor S32 When paper is fed from optional paper feed units B 057 Registration sensor S32 When paper is...

Page 745: ...C300 series only 2 IM C400 series only 3 Basic model IM C300 C300F C400F only 4 Finisher model IM C400SRF only Cause code Cause of jam Late Jam Lag Jam Stay Jam Indication on the operation panel 001...

Page 746: ...Jam Detection D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 6 172 SM Sensor Layout...

Page 747: ...Jam Detection SM 6 173 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Troubleshooting...

Page 748: ...sor S7 M Paper transport sensor 2 S1 D Fusing exit sensor S8 N Paper end sensor S2 E Fusing entrance sensor S3 O Remaining paper sensor S3 F Registration sensor S32 P Paper transport sensor 3 S1 G Pap...

Page 749: ...0C8 D0CB Troubleshooting Paper Size Code Size Code Paper Size Size Code Paper Size 05 A4 LEF 141 B4 SEF 06 A5 LEF 142 B5 SEF 14 B5 LEF 160 DLT SEF 38 LT LEF 164 LG SEF 44 HLT LEF 166 LT SEF 133 A4 SEF...

Page 750: ......

Page 751: ...DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS...

Page 752: ......

Page 753: ...Machine Overview SM 7 1 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS 7 1 MACHINE OVERVIEW 7 1 1 OVERVIEW IM C300 series...

Page 754: ...Machine Overview D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 2 SM IM C400F...

Page 755: ...400SRF Callout Item Callout Item A ADF I Paper feed tray B Scanner unit J Waste toner bottle C Paper exit unit K ITB unit D Fusing unit L PCDU E Duplex unit M Toner bottle F Paper transfer roller N La...

Page 756: ...Machine Overview D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 4 SM 7 1 2 PAPER PATH IM C300 series...

Page 757: ...Machine Overview SM 7 5 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions IM C400F...

Page 758: ...ransport path E Optional paper feed unit path 1st B 1 Bin tray path 1 F Optional paper feed unit path 2nd C Duplex paper transport path G Standard paper tray path D Bypass paper feed path H Optional p...

Page 759: ...Machine Overview SM 7 7 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 1 3 DRIVE LAYOUT IM C300 series IM C400F...

Page 760: ...CL3 J Bypass Tray Lift Clutch CL1 C Reverse Clutch CL2 K Paper Transport Motor M12 D Development Clutch K CL5 L Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 E Drum Motor M11 M Duplex Clutch CL6 F Drum Motor CMY M10 N Regis...

Page 761: ...view SM 7 9 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 1 4 COMPONENT LAYOUT The descriptions of the IM C400 series are accompanied by illustrations of the IM C400SRF Scanner Unit Laser Unit Others IM...

Page 762: ...tor M7 2 SBU PCB11 9 Polygon Mirror Motor M Y M6 3 Scanner HP Sensor S20 10 Imaging Temperature Sensor TH5 4 Polygon Mirror Motor K C M5 11 Temperature humidity Sensor S18 5 LD Drive Board K C PCB8 12...

Page 763: ...OL3 2 Tray Lift Motor M22 6 Exit Guide Plate Motor M21 3 Tray Lower Limit Sensor S39 7 Interlock Switch SW3 4 Remaining paper sensor S40 Callout Item Callout Item 1 Gathering Roller HP Sensor S38 5 Pa...

Page 764: ...stration Sensor S32 2 Paper Feed Clutch CL9 9 Bypass Paper Width Sensor S5 3 Registration Clutch CL8 10 Paper Feed Sensor S31 4 Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 11 Bypass Tray Lift Sensor S4 5 Bypass Tray Lift...

Page 765: ...aper Feed Clutch CL9 9 Bypass Paper Width Sensor S5 3 Registration Clutch CL8 10 Paper Feed Sensor S31 4 Bypass Feed Clutch CL7 11 Bypass Tray Lift Sensor S4 5 Bypass Tray Lift Clutch CL1 12 Tray Pape...

Page 766: ...0 series Callout Item Callout Item 1 Reverse Clutch CL2 6 Paper Exit Sensor S7 2 Paper Exit Clutch CL3 7 Duplex Exit Sensor S2 3 Duplex Entrance Sensor S1 8 Waste Toner Full Sensor S36 4 Right Cover S...

Page 767: ...Machine Overview SM 7 15 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions Fusing IM C300 series IM C400 series...

Page 768: ...Thermostat 6 Pressure Roller Thermistor Edge front TH2 2 Fusing Heater 7 Fusing Exit Sensor S8 3 Fusing Thermistor Non contact Sensor S10 8 Fusing Entrance Sensor S3 4 Pressure Roller Thermistor Edge...

Page 769: ...Machine Overview SM 7 17 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions Development Unit ITB Paper Transfer IM C300 series IM C400 series...

Page 770: ...toner supply motor K M1 10 ITB lift motor M14 3 toner end sensor C S11 11 ID sensor S27 S29 4 toner supply motor C M2 12 ID sensor shutter solenoid SOL2 5 toner end sensor M S12 13 TD sensor Y S17 6 t...

Page 771: ...0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions Drive Unit IM C300 series IM C400 series Callout Item Callout Item 1 Fusing Motor M13 4 Drum Motor CMY M10 2 Paper Transport Motor M12 5 Drum Motor M11 3 Development Mot...

Page 772: ...Machine Overview D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 20 SM Electrical Parts IM C300 series IM C400 series...

Page 773: ...g Fan FAN2 10 High Voltage Power Supply Transfer PCB23 4 PCDU Cooling Fan FAN3 11 PSU DC PCB16 5 Controller Board PCB24 12 BiCU PCB1 6 HDD 13 Paper Exit Exhaust Fan FAN5 1 7 AC Detection Board PCB18 1...

Page 774: ...roller rear side 4 Pick up roller 16 Scanning guide plate rear side 5 Original set sensor actuator 17 CIS S21 6 Stopper 18 ADF exit roller 7 Friction pad 19 Platen 8 Feed roller 20 Original exit tray...

Page 775: ...F relay board PCB13 2 Original feed sensor S25 6 ADF motor M8 3 Registration sensor S24 7 ADF top cover sensor S23 4 CIS S21 8 Original set sensor S22 The ADF of this machine does not have an automati...

Page 776: ...ism for picking up the original 7 2 3 ORIGINAL SET DETECTION When an original A is placed on the original tray correctly the original set sensor actuator B is pushed up and the original set sensor S22...

Page 777: ...trance roller C The friction pad D ensures that only one sheet of the original enters the feeder at a time When the original is being fed the stopper E becomes unrestricted so as not to impose a load...

Page 778: ...S24 E If an error occurs it is reported as a paper jam The original is fed by the pre scanning rear side roller D scanned by the CIS S21 F on the scanning guide plate rear side G and then fed out by...

Page 779: ...ra sound wave from the emitter sensor below passes through the paper to the receiver above The receiver converts the signal generated by the vibration of the signal against the paper to an electrical...

Page 780: ...es Imperfectly fused images Perforations Taped connections Taped surfaces Feeding such originals could cause false detection of double feeds The service technician can also switch double feed detectio...

Page 781: ...S sensor that detects original s paper size in the scanner 7 3 2 LIGHT SOURCE AND EXPOSURE This model uses an LED for the light source Light from the LED array board LEDB A goes to the original via th...

Page 782: ...Unit D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 30 SM Callout Item Callout Item A LED array board LEDB G 4th mirror B Light guiding panel H 5th mirror C Reflectors I Lens D 1st mirror J CCD E 2nd mirror K Light Path F 3rd...

Page 783: ...with the scanner carriage A at the scanner HP sensor S20 E After scanning the scanner carriage returns to the scanner HP sensor S20 The actuator for the scanner HP sensor S20 is on the underside of t...

Page 784: ...contact with the exposure glass during feeding This is useful for dealing with adhesion of free dirt particles paper scraps etc Self cleaning mechanism using paper On the other hand sticky dirt adher...

Page 785: ...is detected when a document passes through so the alert will not disappear until the scanning of the next document begins even after the sheet through exposure glass cleaning is performed If dirt is d...

Page 786: ...30 sheets 7 sets Power requirements Power is supplied from the main unit 7 4 2 COMPONENT LAYOUT No Parts Name No Parts Name 1 Output Tray 8 Stapler 2 Paper Exit Roller 9 Staple Tray Paper Sensor S42 3...

Page 787: ...and shift roller C Paper exit motor M17 D drives the paper exit roller E When the entrance sensor S45 F detects the leading edge of the paper the exit guide plate unit G is lowered from its home posit...

Page 788: ...sher separates each stack by shifting alternately to the left and right Shift roller motor M19 A moves the shift roller B from side to side Shift roller HP sensor S37 C detects whether or not the shif...

Page 789: ...y paper sensor S42 D detects the paper the motors stop feeding C is the paper transport motor M16 This diagram shows how the machine reverse feeds the sheet of paper into the stapler The next sheet is...

Page 790: ...pler D is driven by the stapler motor M23 in stapler After stapling the exit guide plate roller driven by the exit guide plate motor M21 A drops onto the top of the stack The paper exit roller driven...

Page 791: ...ator B until it touches the top of the stack When the remaining paper sensor SN40 A detects the actuator the tray lift motor M22 C lowers the end of the tray nearest the exit This makes room for more...

Page 792: ...cends to the lowest position 6 137 004 Free Run 4 Not assigned You can also make a free run with dip switches 1 2 3 4 Mode OFF OFF OFF OFF Normal mode ON OFF OFF OFF Shift mode OFF ON OFF OFF Staple m...

Page 793: ...This machine has two LD units One is for yellow and magenta Another is for cyan and black Each LD unit produces laser beams for two colors Callout Item Callout Item A Polygon Motor M5 M6 F Mirror 3 B...

Page 794: ...on motor M5 M6 C lens L1 D Mirror 1 E Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Drum When the beam is at the beginning of the line the synchronization mirror F reflects it to the synchronization lens The synchronization dete...

Page 795: ...nner is written on the OPC drum E with the laser beams The direction of main scanning is from the front to the rear of the machine The polygon motor M5 M6 A rotates counterclockwise Callout Item Callo...

Page 796: ...upper side of toner bottle and PCDU The LD unit emits a laser beam to above the OPC drum This mechanism keeps the shield glass free from toner dropping and thus requires no cleaning tool 7 5 6 LD SAFE...

Page 797: ...Laser Unit SM 7 45 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions...

Page 798: ...arge Roller C Lubricant Brush Roller G Charge Roller Cleaning Roller D Lubricant Callout Item Callout Item H Doctor Blade K Transport Coil Lower I Transport Coil Upper L TD sensor S14 S15 S16 S17 J De...

Page 799: ...and the toner supplied from the developing unit adheres to the OPC drum development The toner on the OPC drum is transferred to the image transfer belt H The drum cleaning blade D is mounted in contac...

Page 800: ...reduce sound during rotation 7 6 3 DEVELOPMENT UNIT Developer Agitation Mechanism The developer is agitated by the upper A and lower B transport coils Toner and developer are regulated by the doctor b...

Page 801: ...s Callout Item Callout Item A Transport Coil Upper D Development Roller Sleeve Architecture B Transport Coil Lower E OPC Drum C TD Sensor S14 S17 F Doctor Blade Callout Item Callout Item A Transport C...

Page 802: ...I drives the Development Units for C M Y Do not disassemble the three drive gears C E and G in the field These are precisely assembled in the factory Callout Item Callout Item A Drum Drive Gear K G D...

Page 803: ...2 TONER SUPPLY AND TRANSPORT MECHANISM Rotating the toner bottle B transports the toner towards the rear of the machine Each toner bottle has an ID chip PCB3 PCB6 that stores information for each tone...

Page 804: ...Toner Supply Section D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 52 SM Callout Item Callout Item A Toner End Sensor S11 S13 Only for CMY D Transport Coil B Toner Bottle E Agitator C Toner Supply Motor M1 M4...

Page 805: ...t Toner Near End and the operations following the detection Status Operation panel message Detection conditions Toner Near End SP3 101 001 to 004 1 Operation panel banner display Toner Cartridge is em...

Page 806: ...Near End Threshold Value SP3 110 001 to 004 is 0 Process control or other adjustment is ongoing Definite Toner Near End Toner Near End detection by Toner End sensor S11 S13 Toner Near End detection b...

Page 807: ...delta Vt SP3 132 002 to 004 If the condition is not met even once the added values SP3 132 002 to 004 are cleared 3 If sigma delta Vt SP3 132 002 to 004 exceeds the total delta Vt threshold SP3 131 00...

Page 808: ...g to the following flowchart 7 7 5 TONER SUPPLY UNIT The agitator C in the lower image transports the toner supplied into the sub hopper by raising it to the toner transport path D in the lower image...

Page 809: ...Toner Transport Path 7 7 6 ID CHIP PCB3 PCB6 Contact type ID chip PCB3 PCB6 B is correctly mounted by means of the tapered boss for chip positioning C and the positioning hole A The information on the...

Page 810: ...the center of the waste toner bottle by the waste toner bottle transport coil B The black and cyan waste toner comes from the PCDU K C to the waste toner bottle directly The waste toner agitator C car...

Page 811: ...he agitator C moves together with the waste toner bottle transport coil D When the waste toner full sensor S36 A detects a waste toner near full the machine displays an alert message on the operation...

Page 812: ...The machine does not stop at this time When the quantity of waste toner calculated by the machine reaches 25 g or 3 000 sheets in standard mode whichever comes first after near full was detected the m...

Page 813: ...r Transfer Roller L ITB Image Transfer Belt F ITB Drive Roller M ITB Contact Cam K G ID Sensor S27 S29 N Image Transfer Roller 7 9 2 TRANSFER MOVEMENT AND IMAGE TRANSPORT Images of each color are crea...

Page 814: ...ansfer PCB23 E applies a transfer bias to the image transfer roller A The ITB drive roller B and discharge plate C are grounded through a diode There is no contact release mechanism for the paper tran...

Page 815: ...r then moves and raises the image transfer roller E into contact with the CMY drums If the mechanism is defective e g Paper jams and is stuck with the CMY rollers up against the ITB the cam can be tur...

Page 816: ...nsports the waste toner removed by the ITB cleaning blade towards the front of the machine Callout Item Callout Item A ITB Cleaning Blade C ITB B Waste Toner Collection Coil 7 9 6 IMAGE POSITION CORRE...

Page 817: ...When a certain time passes after the previous job end OR the change of temperature humidity after the last OPC drum operation exceeds the following condition 1 The change of temperature is more than o...

Page 818: ...nds to be about 650 V Vb is the potential when toner starts to stick to the drum Development bias When the potential gets to Vb or greater toner starts to stick to the drum in proportion to the potent...

Page 819: ...D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions Charge Development Bias Control and Vtref Compensation Charge Development bias control and Vtref Compensation is done using the following procedure Its operating time v...

Page 820: ...n time is determined by the three factors below 1 The change of absolute humidity 2 Non use time 3 Coverage Five patterns are created by adjusting the charge development bias on the transfer belt for...

Page 821: ...It controls the timing to supply the developer to minimize uneven developer density in the development unit Toner Near End First the amount of remaining toner is detected with the pixel count and the...

Page 822: ...tecting the count Initial value While agitating the developer the machine detects the output from the TD sensor S14 S17 and stores this output as the initial count 4 Calculating Vt The machine calcula...

Page 823: ...ity control The TD sensor S14 S17 is attached on the lower side of the development unit Unlike a HST sensor the board of the TD sensor is exposed So there is a cover around the sensor to protect it an...

Page 824: ...vers from the energy save mode Executes Mode b 2 or Mode a 1 2 The machine does a print job Executes Mode b 2 3 Printing is completed Executes Mode b 2 4 The front cover is closed Executes Mode b 2 or...

Page 825: ...lt Error Result K Error Details Description 0 Not done 1 Completed successfully 2 Cannot detect patterns 3 Insufficient lines for a pattern 4 Out of the adjustment range 5 or 6 ID sensor S27 S29 false...

Page 826: ...1 G Pressure Roller B Fusing Thermistor Non contact Sensor S10 H Pressure Roller Thermistors TH2 TH4 Edge Front Center and Edge Rear C Fusing Thermostat I Entrance Guide Plate D Separation Plate J Fus...

Page 827: ...eeve belt D The temperature at both ends of the fusing lamp is lower than the middle The fusing sleeve belt itself has no drive mechanism the pressure roller drives F it The nip pad E at the sleeve be...

Page 828: ...fusing thermopile TH1 C The thermostat B is a safety switch The fusing unit must be replaced if the thermostat opens Callout Item Callout Item A Fusing Lamp D Fusing Thermistor Non contact Sensor S10...

Page 829: ...e roller D through gears The pressure roller D drives the fusing sleeve belt E The fusing entrance sensor S3 C and fusing exit sensor S8 A detect paper jams around in the fusing unit Callout Item Call...

Page 830: ...reload is completed the machine stops the fusing lamp and fusing motor M13 Then the machine keeps the fusing temperature to the standby target temperature by energizing the fusing lamp In standby mode...

Page 831: ...e lamp s width then some heat will not be used for fusing and may stay around the front and rear ends of the fusing unit This will increase the temperature in the fusing unit abnormally CPM down contr...

Page 832: ...eed Sensor S31 C Side Fence J Bypass Feed Roller D Tray Paper End Sensor Main Unit S30 K Bypass Paper Width Sensor S5 E Paper Feed Roller L Paper End Sensor Bypass S6 F Dust Collection Tray M Friction...

Page 833: ...M12 E is transmitted to each clutch through gears The paper transport motor M12 E controls paper feed exit duplex registration waste toner transport coil and bypass tray lift Callout Item Callout Item...

Page 834: ...lls the spring and this moves the bottom plate lift arm B The arm lifts the bottom plate A The position of the bottom plate is detected by the tray lift sensor S35 E This machine does not use motor co...

Page 835: ...hat are too short If an overly short interval is detected the paper feed clutch CL9 is stopped momentarily to increase the interval and prevent a paper jam due to such a short interval 7 12 5 TRAY AUT...

Page 836: ...D AND REGISTRATION IM C400 SERIES 7 13 1 OVERVIEW Callout Item A Pick up Roller B Paper Feed Roller C Registration Roller D Vertical Transport Roller E Friction Roller Callout Item Callout Item A Pick...

Page 837: ...The paper transport motor M12 controls paper feed duplex registration waste toner transport coil and bypass tray lift Callout Item Callout Item A Paper Feed Roller G Bypass Feed Roller B Paper Feed Cl...

Page 838: ...plate moves up When the paper feed clutch CL9 turns ON after the paper transport motor M12 turns ON the rollers start to rotate and paper is fed The feed guide functions as a paper guide and roller cl...

Page 839: ...cond sheet is transported to the paper feed sensor S31 A position 2 When the leading edge of the second sheet reaches the paper feed sensor S31 A the paper feed clutch CL9 D switches OFF 3 When the fi...

Page 840: ...here is no more paper in the paper feed tray the leading edge of the paper end feeler 2 falls into a notch 3 in the base plate and the tray paper end sensor main unit S30 1 at the rear edge of the pap...

Page 841: ...ween the shaft C at the rear of the tray and the tray lift motor M15 A then engages the motor rotates and the tray base plate D is lifted The tray base plate lifts until the paper surface pushes the p...

Page 842: ...Draw in lever 3 Oil Damper 6 Tray draw in unit To enhance operability a tray draw in mechanism is used The tray is drawn in by a one way clutch in the draw in unit To draw the tray out an oil damper...

Page 843: ...Length Detection 0 OFF 1 ON Paper Length Error Detection Count Tray 1 SP1 011 001 Size Set Miss Detection Count Papr Lngth Dtct F1 Paper Length Error Detection Count Bypass Tray SP1 011 002 Size Set...

Page 844: ...ray 4 SP1 909 006 ImageRetry Function Tray4 Resending the image increases toner consumption so if the need to form the image again increases you can select between 2 actions 1 909 012 to 016 0 Deliver...

Page 845: ...his moves the bypass tray bottom plate A up and down The position of the bypass tray bottom plate lift cams and because of this the bypass tray bottom plate is detected by the bypass tray lift sensor...

Page 846: ...or less ON 180 mm or more Size mismatch is not detected for the specified size less than 180 mm and more than 148 mm If size mismatch is detected it is regarded a paper jam Printing stops and an alert...

Page 847: ...stops and an alert message appears on the operation panel When printing a single page job the job is delivered and included in the billing and then an alert message appears on the operation panel If...

Page 848: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 96 SM 7 16 DUPLEX 7 16 1 OVERVIEW IM C300 series...

Page 849: ...Duplex SM 7 97 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions IM C400F...

Page 850: ...D Duplex Exit Sensor S2 B Duplex Paper Transport Roller Upper E Duplex Paper Transport Roller Middle 1 C Duplex Paper Transport Roller Lower 1 IM C400SRF only The IM C400SRF has a longer paper transf...

Page 851: ...the duplex clutch CL6 turns on to drive the duplex paper transport rollers Drive is transmitted to the Duplex Paper Transport Roller in the order of lower middle 1 and upper rollers through the timin...

Page 852: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 100 SM IM C400SRF Callout Item A Duplex Entrance Sensor S1 B Duplex Exit Sensor S2 C Duplex Clutch CL6 D Paper Transport Motor M12...

Page 853: ...iptions are accompanied by illustrations of the IM C300 series but the IM C400 series has the same mechanism This machine adopts 2 in 1 interleaving The interleave operation of this machine is as foll...

Page 854: ...Duplex D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 102 SM...

Page 855: ...Paper Exit and Inverter SM 7 103 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 17 PAPER EXIT AND INVERTER 7 17 1 OVERVIEW...

Page 856: ...per Exit and Inverter D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 104 SM Callout Item Callout Item A Fusing Exit Sensor S8 D Exit Junction Gate B Paper Exit Sensor S7 E Paper Exit Transport Roller C Paper Exit reverse Roll...

Page 857: ...CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 17 2 PAPER EXIT OPERATION The paper transport motor M12 rotates the paper exit reverse roller A through a gear The paper exit sensor S7 C detects paper exit j...

Page 858: ...it Sensor S7 B Exit Junction Gate D Paper Exit Transport Roller The paper exit transport roller E is provided on the IM C400SRF because the transport path from fusing to paper exit is longer than on o...

Page 859: ...paper exit reverse roller simultaneously The paper exit clutch CL3 and reverse clutch CL2 transmit the driving to the paper exit inverter roller in opposite directions respectively The paper exit reve...

Page 860: ...owards the inverter exit see the left illustration above When the trailing edge of the paper passes the paper exit sensor S7 the machine turns OFF the junction gate solenoid SOL1 turns ON the paper ex...

Page 861: ...Electrical Parts SM 7 109 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Detailed Descriptions 7 18 ELECTRICAL PARTS 7 18 1 BLOCK DIAGRAM...

Page 862: ...7 18 2 BOARD OUTLINE Controls all the systems related to the main machine Contains an x86 CPU controller ASIC IO control ASIC and RAM Scanning control circuit which performs analog signal processing...

Page 863: ...of main machine Controls the fax program Controls the control panel Generates high voltage power required for image creation The High Voltage Power Supply unit consists of two units PCB23 is for trans...

Page 864: ...Machine Ventilation D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 112 SM 7 19 MACHINE VENTILATION 7 19 1 OVERVIEW IM C300 series IM C400F...

Page 865: ...ture Humidity Sensor S18 1 IM C400SRF only The machine has four fans A B E F to ventilate the interior of the machine There is a temperature humidity sensor S18 D at the front lower right of the machi...

Page 866: ...exit reverse roller driven roller A 7 19 2 MACHINE VENTILATION The following tables summarize the fan control Status PCDU Cooling Fan FAN3 Fusing Unit Cooling Fan FAN1 PSU Exhaust Fan FAN4 LD Unit Co...

Page 867: ...exhaust fan FAN5 003 PSU exhaust fan FAN4 004 LD unit cooling fan FAN2 2 Rotates at full speed when the temperature around the drum exceeds the temperature specified in SP1 955 001 through 004 Stops o...

Page 868: ...are Related to Energy Saving The user can set these timers with Settings System Settings Date Time Timer Timer Settings System Settings Date Time Timer Timer Sleep Mode Timer After a specified period...

Page 869: ...mode when a key other than the copy function key is pressed on the control panel of the machine Settings System Settings Machine Power Energy Saving Energy Saving Recovery for Business Application Sp...

Page 870: ...ecovery time from Sleep mode 1 IM C300F 0 65 W 8 1 sec IM C400F 0 65 W 8 0 sec IM C400SRF 0 65 W 8 3 sec 1 The time it takes to switch out from energy saving functions and electrical consumption may d...

Page 871: ...Quiet state is entered when the Energy Saving key is pressed or the time set with the Sleep Mode Timer of the User Tools has elapsed This is a temporary energy saving state before entering sleep mode...

Page 872: ...dually Sleep OFF OFF STR 1 When Energy Saving Recovery for Business Application is On Energy Saving ON OFF is determined by the internal timer of the Smart Operation Panel Normally the Energy Saving s...

Page 873: ...main power is OFF SP8 961 004 Reading and Printing Time Cumulative time of state in which the plotter engine is running or warming up SP8 961 005 Printing Time Cumulative time of the state in which t...

Page 874: ...ch the device is disabled because itself or its component is in the following state SP8 941 006 SC excluding mode SC SP8 941 007 Jam plotter SP8 941 009 Supply PM unit end With this data and the power...

Page 875: ...ION We recommend that the default settings related to energy saving should be kept If the customer requests that these settings should be changed please explain that their energy costs could increase...

Page 876: ...PS compatible programs made by other manufacturers are called clones Strictly speaking these clones must be fully compatible with the original program however they are called clones even if they have...

Page 877: ...ption of the Firmware Version listed on the page varies as shown below PS type Description of Firmware Version Adobe PS RPCS x xx xx Adobe PostScript 3 x xx Adobe PDF x xx Clone PS RPCS x xx xx PS3 x...

Page 878: ...w Functions D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 7 126 SM Operation Panel Firmware Version Settings System Settings Machine Control Panel Information Firmware Version When PostScript3 Unit Type M41 Adobe PS is install...

Page 879: ...D0C9 2 PS3 The Adobe PS firmware number starts with D0CJ appears This module name appears in the firmware list only if PostScript3 Unit Type M41 is installed 3 PDF IRIPS PDF The Clone PDF firmware nu...

Page 880: ...nts Clone PS 93 fonts For license reasons the device fonts for Adobe PS cannot be handled by Clone PS Instead Clone PS is equipped with fonts similar to Adobe device fonts under different names when a...

Page 881: ...he font shape differs significantly from Chicago Since Courier itself is named among the Adobe PS device fonts Clone PS substitutes it with an alternative font NimbusMonoPS Regular Font Change Confirm...

Page 882: ...BoldItalic 4 Courier Oblique NimbusMonoPS Italic 5 Helvetica NimbusSans Regular 6 Helvetica Bold NimbusSans Bold 7 Helvetica BoldOblique NimbusSans BoldOblique 8 Helvetica Oblique NimbusSans Oblique...

Page 883: ...r 41 Chicago NimbusMonoPS Regular 42 Clarendon NimbusMonoPS Regular 43 Clarendon Light NimbusMonoPS Regular 44 Clarendon Bold NimbusMonoPS Regular 45 CooperBlack NimbusMonoPS Regular 46 CooperBlack It...

Page 884: ...9 HoeflerText Black NimbusMonoPS Regular 80 HoeflerText BlackItalic NimbusMonoPS Regular 81 HoeflerText Ornaments NimbusMonoPS Regular 82 JoannaMT NimbusMonoPS Regular 83 JoannaMT Italic NimbusMonoPS...

Page 885: ...Regular 117 TimesNewRomanPS ItalicMT NimbusRomanNo9 Italic 118 TimesNewRomanPS BoldMT NimbusRomanNo9 Bold 119 TimesNewRomanPS BoldItalicMT NimbusRomanNo9 BoldItalic 120 Univers NimbusMonoPS Regular 1...

Page 886: ...nt replacement go to Printing Preferences Detailed Settings Print Quality Option True Type Font option and select Download as SoftFont 2 Fonts used for unauthorized copy prevention Common to drivers f...

Page 887: ...lf brightness and cannot be selected 7 21 2 OTHER NEW FEATURES Settings on Displaying an Alert When the Ethernet Cable is Broken or Disconnected Settings on Displaying an Alert When the Ethernet Cable...

Page 888: ......

Page 889: ...SMART OPERATION PANEL...

Page 890: ......

Page 891: ...ANEL 8 1 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 8 1 1 MAIN CONTROLLER BOARD 1 Remove the operation panel unit Operation Panel 2 Remove the bottom cover A 4 There are ten hooks inside the operation panel unit Befo...

Page 892: ...ard are set to ON No 1 No 3 and No 6 When installing the operation panel unit make sure that the DIP switch setting is correct for the MFP on which you are installing the panel The correct DIP switch...

Page 893: ...unction Change the setting when needed 0 OFF The SC is displayed on the operation panel when SC672 SC673 occur 1 ON If the error is caused by a software defect when SC672 SC673 occur automatically reb...

Page 894: ...CB21 1 Remove the operation panel unit Operation Panel 2 Remove the base bracket Main Controller Board 3 Remove the Wi Fi module PCB21 A After replacing the Wi Fi module PCB21 perform the following ch...

Page 895: ...CB Smart Operation Panel 8 1 3 LCD 1 Remove the operation panel unit Operation Panel 2 Remove the main controller board Main Controller Board 3 Remove the connector of the LCD I F cable A Lift the fas...

Page 896: ...LCD unit A 6 Remove the LCD A After replacing the LCD perform the following checks LCD Check LCD Check TouchPanel Check TouchPanel Check Perform TouchPanel Calibration TouchPanel Calibration and Multi...

Page 897: ...R 1 Remove the operation panel unit Operation Panel 2 Remove the bottom cover Main Controller Board 3 Remove the speaker A together with the speaker holder 4 Remove the speaker A from the speaker hold...

Page 898: ...the operation panel unit Operation Panel 2 Remove the main controller board Main Controller Board 3 Remove the LCD unit LCD 4 Remove the microphone A 8 1 6 NFC BOARD 1 Remove the operation panel unit...

Page 899: ...Replacement and Adjustment SM 8 9 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Smart Operation Panel 4 Remove the NFC board A A protective sheet B is attach to the surface of the NFC board A...

Page 900: ...ed Feature key EX2 4 USB slot for NFC card readers 12 Extended Feature key EX1 5 NFC tag 13 Control panel reboot key 6 Check Status indicator 14 SD card slot 7 Data In indicator facsimile and printer...

Page 901: ...r camera USB keyboard USB card reader USB expansion USB2 0 Host Type miniB for NFC expansion Network Wireless LAN 802 11ac a b g n for Taiwan China Asia 802 11b g n 2 4GHz only for North America EU Ko...

Page 902: ...Made by Vanskee Enterprise RCH NTI2CP1K BSA PCB CE 1128 Made by SAG SCTNX1128250R Power consumption in Sleep mode 0 18 W or less When in Sleep mode power is not supplied to USB devices connected to t...

Page 903: ...garian Czech Finnish Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Thai Russian Arabic Greek Korean Catalan Turkish Brazilian Portuguese Note Available languages may vary depending on the machine s specifica...

Page 904: ...tah System together with the Android firmware When you update the control panel firmware using the recovery mode or another method the pre installed applications will also be updated On the Smart Oper...

Page 905: ...Panel and the GW module for the following processes Deciding on the display format suitable for a particular model of the control panel so that the intended image data can be converted to actual image...

Page 906: ...hose of the conventional control panel CATS serves as an intermediary between the GW controller and the Smart Operation Panel It also controls the power status of the control panel CATS communicates w...

Page 907: ...card readers You can connect the authentication card reader writer and devices supporting near field communication NFC 6 NFC tag Used to connect the machine and a smart device with the RICOH simple i...

Page 908: ...anel Display No Name Description 1 Function keys Users can assign shortcuts for each application Up to three applications can be assigned as shortcuts When an application is assigned as a function key...

Page 909: ...key Stops the scanning of a document fax transmission or printing to paper 9 Menu key Displays the menu screen of the application in use May not be available depending on the application 10 Home key...

Page 910: ...ed in Logout appears By pressing Logout you can log out 3 Login user information display area The name of the user logging in appears in this area By pressing the User icon key the name of the user lo...

Page 911: ...log 4 wire resistive film touch panel has 2 layers Two materials mainly film or glass with transparent conductive film ITO are attached such that the transparent conductive film layers face each other...

Page 912: ...touch panel is automatically calibrated using the results of touches to the top left and bottom right positions The values of EVR_X EVR_Y X_MAX and Y_MAX are used for internal processing They do not...

Page 913: ...rtup Mode There are two screen startup modes The factory default setting is Normal 1 Normal This is the standard startup mode When the main power of the MFP is turned ON the control panel starts up us...

Page 914: ...he Home screen is displayed immediately after the main power of the MFP is turned ON The startup screen displayed when starting in Normal mode is not displayed When Quick mode is selected the MFP prep...

Page 915: ...shutdown screen is displayed Shutdown for software update When you are going to turn ON the MFP within 5 minutes for updating the MFP firmware or package Use shutdown for parts replacement if you are...

Page 916: ...takes to shut down the MFP Procedure Turn the main power switch SW1 OFF while holding down the Stop key on the control panel Continue to hold down the Stop key until the shutdown screen is displayed S...

Page 917: ...tions that can be installed Same as above Recovery mode Maintenance modes for the Android OS Updating firmware Initializing all data 8 3 2 LOGIN TO LOGOUT FROM CONTROL PANEL SERVICE MODE Login In the...

Page 918: ...reen is displayed Service is displayed in the login information area A Logout is displayed in the Login key area B to allow logout from the service mode Logout Press Logout to log out from the control...

Page 919: ...ode Is Prohibited by the Administrator The administrator of the MFP can prohibit entry into the control panel s service mode by enabling Settings System Settings Settings for Administrator Security Se...

Page 920: ...e been previously connected Bluetooth ON OFF You can only view the setting SEARCH FOR DEVICES Scans for Bluetooth devices in the vicinity name of this device You can only view the setting PAIRED DEVIC...

Page 921: ...Hardware icon Apps Install Install from SD Card Install or update applications from an SD card Install from Server Enter a product key to install or update applications from the server Application Sit...

Page 922: ...IP address Legal information Open source licenses Displays the open source license information System WebView Licences Displays the license of the system used in this machine Wallpapers Displays the c...

Page 923: ...ard slot Specify the SD card slot availability on the Smart Operation Panel When Inactive is selected no power is available because the hardware is deactivated Screen USB Port 1 to 3 Specify the USB p...

Page 924: ...he Wireless Direct function is automatically set to OFF and the Wireless Direct function setting is hidden at Settings System Settings Network Interface Control Panel Wireless LAN If you select Do not...

Page 925: ...s Machine External Device If you select Do not prohibit for this setting Control Panel SD Card Slot is displayed The setting remains unchanged Screen USB Memory Slot Do not Prohibit Prohibit If you se...

Page 926: ...e the screen transitions to the destination which the user set with Home Key Application UI change mode The screen transitions to the destination which the user set with Home Key Application only when...

Page 927: ...Priority Recovery by Authentication Priority This setting gives priority to the recovery time from energy saving modes when an IC card authentication device is connected When this setting is selected...

Page 928: ...communication devices remain connected When this setting is selected the operation panel does not enter Sleep mode Only the LCD display panel turns OFF Intelligent Voice Control Specify whether or not...

Page 929: ...ck Wireless LAN Check MultiTouch Calibration eMMC Erasure Count MultiTouch sensitivity Adjustment The microSD Erasure Count menu can not be used with this machine The Self Check menu is displayed in e...

Page 930: ...nately Operation call light if attached lights in red blue When the check is completed press Back to return to the top menu of Self Check Key Check Check if the Extended Feature keys on the left side...

Page 931: ...screen returns to the top menu of Self Check TouchPanel Calibration Calibrate the touch panel by touching the center of each of the five signs The five signs are displayed in the order of top left bo...

Page 932: ...th device connection When the check is completed press Back to return to the top menu of Self Check You cannot switch Bluetooth to ON or OFF from the Self Check menu Before checking the Bluetooth devi...

Page 933: ...to the top menu of Self Check TouchPanel Check For each of the nine reference points on the screen the distance between the detected pressed position and the nearest reference point is displayed The d...

Page 934: ...returns to the self inspection menu If you press the Back key the inspection implementation status does not switch and the screen returns to the self inspection menu Wireless LAN Check Checks the cond...

Page 935: ...The touch panel will be calibrated If you want to adjust it again press the EX1 key If you want to confirm that the calibration results are OK press the EX3 key to return to the top menu of Self Check...

Page 936: ...level 10 Default Sensitivity level 0 MultiTouch function off If the sensitivity level is set to 0 the MultiTouch function is turned off and you cannot pinch in or out If the sensitivity level is set b...

Page 937: ...47 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Smart Operation Panel 1 Keep your finger on the cross at the top right 2 Check the result If the detection level is 3 or 4 adjust the MultiTouch sensitivity 3 Use V or to adjus...

Page 938: ...ition When this menu item is selected it will then disappear wipe LegacyUI area Deletes Legacy UI micon update from sdcard Updates Keymicon by specifying the folder path view recovery logs Displays th...

Page 939: ...lled application are installed in MultiLink Panel so the application itself is not backed up or restored after replacement 2 Add on applications settings are not backed up or restored Backup After rep...

Page 940: ...r version If the machine doesn t have any backup data the restore function cannot be used 1 Execute Cheetah SP mode Screen Device Settings Backup Restore Settings Start Restore 2 After a message indic...

Page 941: ...te from a media Installation or update is possible in the following two ways 1 Applications Use the installation screen in the control panel s service mode to update applications You can install or up...

Page 942: ...Creating a media card for update 1 Download the update modules from the Firmware Download Center 2 Create a folder named romdata in the root directory of the media 3 Put the application zip file in t...

Page 943: ...xecuted When trying to update from a PC updating fails and the result is recorded as Failed Installation Update from the eDC Server Downloads applications from the eDC Server and installs or updates t...

Page 944: ...to the control panel s service mode 1 Select Apps Install 2 Select Activate Applications 3 Select the application to be activated and then enter the activation key and press Execute 4 Follow the inst...

Page 945: ...other factors such as failure to connect to the server because of temporary network disconnection or server maintenance During forced uninstallation the message indicating that deactivation failed app...

Page 946: ...there is an AM radio tower near the machine s location the person using the operation panel acts as an antenna and radio noise enters the operation panel As the result in spite of only a single point...

Page 947: ...o Problem Not required to adjust the sensitivity level Detection Level 2 Fine environment No Problem Not required to adjust the sensitivity level Detection Level 3 Non recommended environment Receivin...

Page 948: ...ty level 1 MultiTouch is detected for a distance of approximately 4 cm between the 2 points If you cannot enter the adjustment menu due to receiving the radio wave influence connect a mouse to the ope...

Page 949: ...l the applications etc Refer to Factory Reset and Restoration Cannot enter the SSP mode If using the screen in a Classic Application it does not support multitouch so you cannot enter the SSP mode by...

Page 950: ...en the operation panel and the MFP is disconnected damaged or defective Solution Reconnect or replace the USB cable For details about how to replace the USB cable refer to the service manual for the M...

Page 951: ...r Web Browser Quick ID Card Authentication Config Depends on the model whether it is a pre installed application If an error related to the application occurs the operation panel s operating system au...

Page 952: ...ing configuration file As required As required Storing user information other than those exported As required As required Factory reset Required Required Required System update Required Application in...

Page 953: ...within 1 minute On completion the displayed screen returns to the recovery mode menu If you reboot the machine as is the machine cannot display the messages in the local language because of the absen...

Page 954: ...r Is it OK to continue Displayed when you attempt to update an application that is the same but has a different part number Check the file and select OK or Cancel Some applications could not be instal...

Page 955: ...occurs if the hard disk cannot be used 215 03 An application that does not match the type LP MFP or model has been installed 215 04 Installation of an application that cannot be installed for Basic mo...

Page 956: ...the control panel firmware version does not meet the installation requirement of the application Example The firmware version of the control panel is 1 02 and you attempted to install an application...

Page 957: ...rrect network was selected on the operation panel Resume the operation after completing the server maintenance Check the machine s network settings 103 705 Executed activation for an already activated...

Page 958: ...Smart Operation Panel does not turn ON but the blue LED on the operation panel turns ON HW The Smart Operation Panel can be supplied with electrical power blue LED lamp but nothing can be displayed o...

Page 959: ...D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB SERVICE MANUAL APPENDICES...

Page 960: ......

Page 961: ...1 4 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 14 1 4 1 PAPER FEED UNIT D3GQ 1 14 1 4 2 1 BIN TRAY UNIT D574 1 14 2 APPENDICES PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES 2 1 2 1 MAINTENANCE TABLES 2 1 2 1 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEM...

Page 962: ...CANNING IMAGE QUALITY 3 436 3 12 3SP3 XXX 3 437 3 13 INPUT AND OUTPUT CHECK 3 441 3 13 1ADF UNIT 3 441 3 13 2SCANNER UNIT LASER UNIT 3 441 3 13 3INTERNAL FINISHER IM C400SRF ONLY 3 444 3 13 4PAPER FEE...

Page 963: ...L USTATUS 4 7 Printer Bit Switch description 4 7 4 3 SCANNER FEATURES 4 10 4 3 1 DISPLAY SETTINGS OF RECENTLY USED SCAN DESTINATION 4 10 4 3 2 THE SETTING OF SMTP AUTHENTICATION IN SCAN TO EMAIL 4 10...

Page 964: ......

Page 965: ...APPENDICES SPECIFICATIONS REVISION HISTORY Page Date Added Updated New 1 04 01 2020 Updated Copy Speed...

Page 966: ......

Page 967: ...600 dpi back 600 x 600 dpi back Print Copy 600 x 600 dpi Printer 1 200 x 1 200 dpi 1 bit 600 x 600 dpi 4 2 1 bit Fusing New QSU fusing technology DH fixing system Original type Sheets book three dimen...

Page 968: ...onal tray 550 sheets IM C400 series Standard tray 550 sheets Bypass tray 100 sheets Optional tray 550 sheets Print paper size Standard tray A4 SEF LT SEF to A5 SEF Bypass tray A4 LG to A6 SEF Envelope...

Page 969: ...M C400 series 220 240 V 7 A 50 60 Hz Taiwan IM C300F 110 V 10 A 60 Hz Power consumption North America IM C300 series Maximum 1 300 W IM C400 series Maximum 1 400 W EU IM C300 series Maximum 1 200 W IM...

Page 970: ...m IM C300 series Stand by 31 3 dB A Copying B W 68 1 dB A Color 68 4 dB A IM C400F Stand by 31 3 dB A Copying B W 71 6 dB A Color 70 2 dB A IM C400SRF Stand by 31 2 dB A Copying B W 71 7 dB A Color 71...

Page 971: ...bin unit and two paper tray units The complete system of the IM C300 series C400F consists of the main unit three paper tray units and 1 bin tray unit The complete system of the IM C400SRF consists o...

Page 972: ...dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 600 dpi 1200 dpi Resident fonts PostScript 3 PDF Emulation PCL 5c 6 93 fonts Genuine Adobe PostScript 3 PDF 136 fonts Host interfaces Standard Ethernet 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1000BAS...

Page 973: ...minute 200 dpi A4 81 2 x 11 SEF Network interface Standard Ethernet 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1000BASE T USB 2 0 Type A port on the control panel SD card slot on the control panel Option IEEE 802 11a b g n...

Page 974: ...SEF 8 x 13 inch Eng Quatro SEF 8 x 10 inch Executive SEF 7 25 x 10 5 inch Half Letter SEF 5 5 x 8 5 inch Half Letter LEF 8 5 x 5 5 inch Com10 Env SEF 4 125 x 9 5 inch Monarch Env SEF 3 875 x 7 5 inch...

Page 975: ...5 x 14 inch Folio SEF 8 25 x 13 inch F GL SEF 8 x 13 inch Eng Quatro SEF 8 x 10 inch Executive SEF 7 25 x 10 5 inch Half Letter SEF 5 5 x 8 5 inch Half Letter LEF 8 5 x 5 5 inch Com10 Env SEF 4 125 x...

Page 976: ...8 5 x 13 inch A A A 30 Letter SEF 8 5 x 11 inch A A A 50 GovernmentLG SEF 8 25 x 14 inch A A A 30 Folio SEF 8 25 x 13 inch A A A 30 F GL SEF 8 x 13 inch A A A 30 Eng Quatro SEF 8 x 10 inch A A Execut...

Page 977: ...ons Custom Paper exit Shift Shifting Width 76 2 216 0 mm 3 00 8 50 inch 148 0 216 0 mm 5 83 8 50 inch Length 139 0 600 0 mm 5 48 23 62 inch 139 0 356 0 mm 5 48 14 01 inch Remarks A Paper through paper...

Page 978: ...Windows 7 Starter Home Basic Home Premium Professional Ultimate Enterprise Windows 8 1 Pro Enterprise RT Windows 10 Home Pro Enterprise Education Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition Enterprise Ed...

Page 979: ...1 10 Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 2012 R2 2016 2019 TWAIN scanner runs in 32 bit compatible mode on a 64 bit operating system so TWAIN scanner is not compatible with 64 bit applications Use it wi...

Page 980: ...than 27 W Power is supplied from the mainframe Dimensions W x D x H 498 mm x 552 mm x 150 mm 19 7 x 21 8 x 6 0 Weight 10 4 kg 23 0 lb or less 1 4 2 1 BIN TRAY UNIT D574 Paper detection Detects paper...

Page 981: ...APPENDICES PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES...

Page 982: ......

Page 983: ...ield within the machine s targeted lifetime if the machine is used under the target usage conditions ACV color ratio and P J So these parts are categorized not as PM parts but as yield parts EM parts...

Page 984: ...atio 30 the replacement interval is 120k PCDU M Y R At color ratio 30 the replacement interval is 120k PCDU Y Y R At color ratio 30 the replacement interval is 120k Transfer Unit The PM count for the...

Page 985: ...dry cloth Paper dust case C Clean with a blower brush Paper feed roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth Friction pad Tray 1 Y R C Wipe with a dry cloth Bypass feed roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth Fri...

Page 986: ...h Tray lift pad C Wipe with a damp cloth Transport sensor S1 C Wipe with a damp cloth 1 Bin Tray Unit Optional Item PM Yield Parts EM Remarks Paper exit roller C Wipe with a damp cloth and then wipe t...

Page 987: ...ipe with a dry cloth ADF pick up roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth ADF feed roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth ADF entrance roller C Wipe with a damp cloth Pre scanning roller front side rear side...

Page 988: ...with a dry cloth Exit guide plate C Wipe with a dry cloth Separation plate C Wipe with a dry cloth Fusing thermopile TH1 C Wipe with a dry cloth Pressure roller C Wipe with a dry cloth Paper Transpor...

Page 989: ...h a blower brush or wipe with a dry cloth Others The PM count for the following items is based on the sheets of copy paper fed Item PM Yield Parts 90k EM Remarks Waste toner bottle P R Replace if the...

Page 990: ...M Appendices Paper exit tray C Wipe with a damp cloth and then wipe the dry cloth 1 bin tray exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a dry cloth 1 bin tray paper remaining sensor C Clean...

Page 991: ...APPENDICES SP MODE TABLES...

Page 992: ......

Page 993: ...he data in LED is not on before you go into the SP mode This LED indicates that some data is coming to the machine When the LED is on wait for the copier to process the data The Service Program Mode i...

Page 994: ...LCD twice to return to the copy window 3 1 2 TYPES OF SP MODES System SP SP modes related to the engine functions Printer SP SP modes related to the controller functions Scanner SP SP modes related t...

Page 995: ...the copy window copy mode so you can make test copies Press SP Mode highlighted in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen 4 Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP...

Page 996: ...lighted to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1 Selecting the Program Number Program numbers have two or three levels 1 Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjus...

Page 997: ...or she logs in User Tools System Settings Administrator Tools Service Mode Lock OFF This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes The CE can service the machine and turn the mac...

Page 998: ...can find it under the jammed paper removal decal DFU Design Factory Use only Do not touch these SP modes in the field A sharp to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main swit...

Page 999: ...Appendices 3 7 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Appendices SP Mode Tables numbers However the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers SSP This denotes a Special Servic...

Page 1000: ...Thick ENG 9 0 to 9 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 001 009 Leading Edge Registration By pass Thick ENG 9 0 to 9 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 001 012 Leading Edge Registration By pass Plain 1200 ENG 9 0 to 9 0 0 0 0 1mm step...

Page 1001: ...ffset ENG 5 0 to 5 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 001 033 Leading Edge Registration Offset Standard 1 ENG 0 0 to 999 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 001 034 Leading Edge Registration Offset Standard 2 ENG 0 0 to 999 0 0 0 0 1...

Page 1002: ...to 4 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 002 003 Side to Side Registration Tray 2 ENG 4 0 to 4 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 002 004 Side to Side Registration Tray 3 ENG 4 0 to 4 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 002 005 Side to Side Registrat...

Page 1003: ...1 003 012 Paper Buckle Duplex Thick ENG 5 to 5 0 1mm step 1 003 013 Paper Buckle Tray1 Plain 1200 ENG IM C300 series 5 0 to 5 0 2 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 5 0 to 5 0 0 0 0 1mm step 1 003 014 Paper...

Page 1004: ...Size Set Miss Detection Mode Paper Length Detection ENG 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 OFF 1 ON 1 010 002 Size Set Miss Detection Mode Small Size Miss Set Detection ENG IM C300 series 0 to 1 0 1 step IM C400 serie...

Page 1005: ...to 200 155 1deg step 1 105 003 Print Target Temperature Plain1 BW Center ENG IM C300 series 100 to 180 129 1deg step IM C400 series 100 to 180 150 1deg step 1 105 005 Print Target Temperature Plain2 F...

Page 1006: ...step 1 105 021 Print Target Temperature Thick2 FC Center ENG 100 to 180 140 1deg step 1 105 023 Print Target Temperature Thick2 BW Center ENG 100 to 180 140 1deg step 1 105 025 Print Target Temperatu...

Page 1007: ...deg step 1 105 103 Print Target Temperature Plain1 BW Center Low Speed ENG 100 to 180 122 1deg step 1 105 105 Print Target Temperature Plain2 FC Center Low Speed ENG 100 to 180 124 1deg step 1 105 107...

Page 1008: ...141 Print Target Temperature Postcard Thick1 FC Center ENG 100 to 180 126 1deg step 1 105 145 Print Target Temperature Postcard Thick2 FC Center ENG 100 to 180 126 1deg step 1 105 149 Print Target Te...

Page 1009: ...mm s Type a b 1 178mm s Type a b 2 212mm s Type b 3 252mm s Type b 1 109 002 Rotation Speed Setting After Reload Rotation ENG 0 to 3 0 1 step 0 89mm s Type a b 1 178mm s Type a b 2 212mm s Type b 3 25...

Page 1010: ...tep TWN 0 0 to 650 0 107 0 0 1V step KOR 0 0 to 650 0 227 0 0 1V step EU 0 0 to 650 0 227 0 0 1V step CHN 0 0 to 650 0 227 0 0 1V step AS 0 0 to 650 0 227 0 0 1V step 1 132 014 Voltage Detection Max E...

Page 1011: ...300 0 1deg step 1 141 111 Fusing SC Error Time Info Fuser State Det 1 ENG 0 to 100 0 1 step 1 141 112 Fusing SC Error Time Info Heater1 Duty Det 1 ENG 0 to 100 0 1 step 1 141 113 Fusing SC Error Time...

Page 1012: ...Roller End R Temperature 3 ENG 100 to 260 0 1deg step 1 141 209 Fusing SC Issue Time Info Press Roller End F Temperature 3 ENG 100 to 260 0 1deg step 1 141 210 Fusing SC Error Time Info NC Sensor Cent...

Page 1013: ...NG 5 to 35 35 15min step 1 801 001 Motor Speed Adjustment Transport M Plain1 2 ENG 4 00 to 4 00 0 43 0 01 step 1 801 002 Motor Speed Adjustment Transport M Thin ENG 4 00 to 4 00 0 43 0 01 step 1 801 0...

Page 1014: ...pecial3 Low Speed ENG 4 00 to 4 00 0 43 0 01 step 1 801 018 Motor Speed Adjustment Transport M Plain1 2 Gloss ENG 4 00 to 4 00 0 43 0 01 step 1 801 019 Motor Speed Adjustment Transport M M Thick Gloss...

Page 1015: ...or Speed Adjustment Drum Motor Adjustment Control ENG 0 to 1 1 1STEP step 1 801 131 Motor Speed Adjustment Color Dev Mot Std Speed1 ENG 20 0 to 20 0 0 0 0 1 step 1 801 132 Motor Speed Adjustment Color...

Page 1016: ...r Feed Timing Adj Tray1 Paper Exit Sensor Middle Thick ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 012 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray1 Paper Exit Sensor Thick ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 013 Paper Feed Timing Adj By...

Page 1017: ...iming Adj Tray Lift Motor Paper End ENG 2540 to 2540 0 20msec step 1 907 035 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray2 Paper Interval Plain ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 036 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray2 Paper Interv...

Page 1018: ...Thick ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 053 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray1 Clutch ON Plain Std Speed 2 ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 055 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray1 Clutch OFF Plain Std Speed 2 ENG 10 to 10...

Page 1019: ...G 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 907 075 Paper Feed Timing Adj Exit Clutch ON Low Speed ENG 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 907 076 Paper Feed Timing Adj Exit Clutch OFF Exit Finish Mid Speed ENG 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 9...

Page 1020: ...al Mid Thick ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 103 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray4 Paper Interval Thick ENG 10 to 10 0 1mm step 1 907 104 Paper Feed Timing Adj Tray4 1st Leading Edge Pos Plain ENG 0 to 10 0 1...

Page 1021: ...b NextFeed small ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 120 to 120 0 1mm step 1 908 095 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Refeed sta1 ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 120 to 120...

Page 1022: ...IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 908 103 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Feed_CL_OFF1 plain ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 908...

Page 1023: ...es 350 to 350 0 1mm step 1 908 111 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Grip_CL_ON1 plain ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 0 to 20 0 1mm step 1 908 112 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Grip_CL_ON1 mid_th...

Page 1024: ...es 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 908 120 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Grip_CL_OFF2 plain ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 908 121 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Grip_CL_OFF2 mid_t...

Page 1025: ...8 Paper Feed Timing Adj b Reg_CL_OFF1 thick ENG IM C300 series 0 to 0 0 1mm step IM C400 series 20 to 20 0 1mm step 1 909 002 ImageRetry Function Tray1 ENG 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 OFF 1 ON 1 909 003 ImageRe...

Page 1026: ...9 026 ImageRetry ContInv F4 ENG 0 to 255 0 1count step 1 909 032 ImageRetry ContThresh F1 ENG 0 to 255 4 1count step 1 909 033 ImageRetry ContThresh MF ENG 0 to 255 4 1count step 1 909 034 ImageRetry...

Page 1027: ...1count step 1 909 114 ImageRetry ExeCnt MT Tray2 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 115 ImageRetry ExeCnt MT Tray3 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 116 ImageRetry ExeCnt MT Tray4 ENG 0 to 999999 0...

Page 1028: ...NG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 207 ImageRetry PrntCnt C2 Tray1 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 208 ImageRetry PrntCnt C2 MF ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 209 ImageRetry PrntCnt C2 Tray2...

Page 1029: ...ImageRetry PrntCnt T2 Tray2 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 225 ImageRetry PrntCnt T2 Tray3 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909 226 ImageRetry PrntCnt T2 Tray4 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 909...

Page 1030: ...ENG 0 to 999 0 1count step 1 910 053 ExpSlip ContFeed MF ENG 0 to 999 0 1count step 1 910 054 ExpSlip ContFeed Tray2 ENG 0 to 999 0 1count step 1 910 055 ExpSlip ContFeed Tray3 ENG 0 to 999 0 1count s...

Page 1031: ...to 999999 0 1count step 1 910 085 ImageRetry ExeCnt Ret Tray3 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 910 086 ImageRetry ExeCnt Jam Tray3 ENG 0 to 999999 0 1count step 1 910 087 ImageRetry ExeCnt Sl0 Tray4 EN...

Page 1032: ...0 0 0 1mm step 1 910 161 ExpSlip Slip1 Tray4 ENG 999 9 to 999 9 0 0 0 1mm step 1 910 162 ExpSlip Slip2 Tray4 ENG 999 9 to 999 9 0 0 0 1mm step 1 910 163 ExpSlip Slip3 Tray4 ENG 999 9 to 999 9 0 0 0 1m...

Page 1033: ...n step 1 953 001 Extra Fan Control Operation Status ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 1 953 006 Extra Fan Control Extra Fan Start Temp ENG 0 0 to 50 0 5 0 0 1deg step 1 953 007 Extra Fan Control Extra Fan Stop Temp...

Page 1034: ...etting ENG 0 to 5 0 1 step 2 016 00 1 Lubricant Apply Operation Temperature Threshold Low ENG 0 to 50 15 1deg step 2 016 00 2 Lubricant Apply Operation Temperature Threshold High ENG 0 to 50 30 1deg s...

Page 1035: ...ep 2 016 01 2 Lubricant Apply Operation Application Time 2 ENG IM C300 series 0 to 99 10 1sec step IM C400 series 0 to 99 7 1sec step 2 016 01 3 Lubricant Apply Operation Application Time 3 ENG IM C30...

Page 1036: ...Main Dot Cy ENG 512 to 511 0 1dot step 2 101 00 4 Registration Correction Color Main Dot Ye ENG 512 to 511 0 1dot step 2 101 00 5 Registration Correction Color Sub Line Bk ENG 16384 to 16383 0 1line...

Page 1037: ...1 000 0 081 0 001 step 2 102 01 0 Magnification Adjustment Main Mag Standard Speed Ye ENG 1 000 to 1 000 0 081 0 001 step 2 102 01 2 Magnification Adjustment Main Mag Low Speed Ye ENG 1 000 to 1 000 0...

Page 1038: ...ent Right ENG 0 0 to 9 9 2 0 0 1mm step 2 103 00 5 Erase Margin Adjustment Duplex Trailing Edge ENG 0 0 to 9 9 0 0 0 1mm step 2 103 00 6 Erase Margin Adjustment Duplex Left Edge ENG 0 0 to 9 9 0 0 0 1...

Page 1039: ...ENG 1 to 4 1 1 step 1 All Color 2 Ma 3 Ye 4 Cy 2 109 00 6 Test Pattern Density Bk ENG 0 to 15 15 1 step 2 109 00 7 Test Pattern Density Ma ENG 0 to 15 15 1 step 2 109 00 8 Test Pattern Density Cy ENG...

Page 1040: ...osition Adj Mode d ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 2 112 001 TM ID Sensor Check Execute ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 2 112 010 TM ID Sensor Check Display Result Front Center Rear ENG 0 to 999 0 1 step 2 112 020 TM ID Sens...

Page 1041: ...0 01V step 2 142 00 6 TM ID Sensor Check Maximum Center ENG 0 00 to 5 50 0 00 0 01V step 2 142 00 7 TM ID Sensor Check Maximum Rear ENG 0 00 to 5 50 0 00 0 01V step 2 143 00 5 TM ID Sensor Check Mini...

Page 1042: ...00 to 16 00 0 40 0 01dot step 2 150 03 2 Area Mag Correction Area 5 Bk ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 00 0 01dot step 2 150 03 3 Area Mag Correction Area 6 Bk ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 39 0 01dot step 2 150 03 4 Ar...

Page 1043: ...a 7 Ma ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 56 0 01dot step 2 150 08 7 Area Mag Correction Area 8 Ma ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 31 0 01dot step 2 150 13 1 Area Mag Correction Area 0 Cy ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 00 0 01dot step...

Page 1044: ...16 00 0 18 0 01dot step 2 150 18 5 Area Mag Correction Area 2 Ye ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 49 0 01dot step 2 150 18 6 Area Mag Correction Area 3 Ye ENG 16 00 to 16 00 0 42 0 01dot step 2 150 18 7 Area Mag...

Page 1045: ...Bk ENG 50 0 to 120 0 100 0 0 1 step 2 152 00 6 Shad Correct Setting Middle Speed Ma ENG 50 0 to 120 0 100 0 0 1 step 2 152 00 7 Shad Correct Setting Middle Speed Cy ENG 50 0 to 120 0 100 0 0 1 step 2...

Page 1046: ...0 1 step 2 154 00 7 Shad Correct Setting Front End Area Cy LD1 ENG 50 0 to 150 0 100 0 0 1 step 2 154 00 8 Shad Correct Setting Front End Area Cy LD2 ENG 50 0 to 150 0 100 0 0 1 step 2 154 00 9 Shad C...

Page 1047: ...ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 2 180 00 2 Line Pos Adj Clear Main Scan Length Detection ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 2 180 00 3 Line Pos Adj Clear MUSIC Result ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 2 181 00 3 Line Position Adj Result Ske...

Page 1048: ...3 0 Line Position Adj Result M Cor Subdot C ENG 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 0 01dot step 2 181 03 3 Line Position Adj Result Left Mag Subdot C ENG 32 00 to 32 00 0 00 0 01dot step 2 181 03 4 Line Position Adj R...

Page 1049: ...0 01dot step 2 181 05 3 Line Position Adj Result S Cor 600 Line Y ENG 16384 to 16383 0 1line step 2 181 05 4 Line Position Adj Result S Cor 600 Sub Y ENG 1 000 to 1 000 0 000 0 001line step 2 181 05 5...

Page 1050: ...le Subdot M ENG 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 0 01dot step 2 182 00 8 Line Position Offset M Scan Low Dot M ENG 512 to 511 0 1dot step 2 182 00 9 Line Position Offset M Scan Low Subdot M ENG 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 0 0...

Page 1051: ...M Scan Low Subdot Y ENG 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 0 01dot step 2 182 02 2 Line Position Offset S Scan Standard Line M ENG 16384 to 16383 0 1line step 2 182 02 3 Line Position Offset S Scan Standard Subline M...

Page 1052: ...ep 2 182 03 4 Line Position Offset S Scan Standard Line Y ENG 16384 to 16383 0 1line step 2 182 03 5 Line Position Offset S Scan Standard Subline Y ENG 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 0 01line step 2 182 03 6 Line...

Page 1053: ...deg step 2 193 011 MUSIC Condition Set Temp Change 2 ENG 0 to 100 10 1deg step 2 193 01 6 MUSIC Condition Set Page Power ON BW FC ENG 0 to 999 200 1page step 2 194 00 1 MUSIC Execution Result Year ENG...

Page 1054: ...to 255 100 1 step 2 221 00 4 LD Power Fixed Set Standard Speed Y ENG 0 to 255 100 1 step 2 221 011 LD Power Fixed Set Low Speed M ENG 0 to 200 100 1 step 2 221 01 2 LD Power Fixed Set Low Speed Y ENG...

Page 1055: ...0000 10msec step 2 251 00 2 Interval Cleaning Threshold Std Spd BW Mode ENG 0 to 1000000 1000000 10msec step 2 251 00 3 Interval Cleaning Threshold Std Spd FC Mode ENG 0 to 1000000 1000000 10msec step...

Page 1056: ...Absolute Humidity Threshold 4 ENG 0 00 to 100 00 24 00 0 01g m3 step 2 302 00 7 Environmental Correction Trans Temperature Threshol d ENG 5 to 30 10 1deg step 2 303 00 1 Time Lapse Correction Current...

Page 1057: ...Time Lapse Correction Transfer Threshold 1 ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1mm step 2 304 00 2 Time Lapse Correction Transfer Threshold 2 ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1mm step 2 304 00 3 Time Lapse Correction Transfer T...

Page 1058: ...nd After JOB ENG 0 to 2100 250 10 V step 2 326 00 2 Transfer Roller CL Bias Pos Bias Cor Coef Befor and After JOB ENG 10 to 995 100 10 step 2 326 00 3 Transfer Roller CL Bias Neg Bias After ProControl...

Page 1059: ...Transfer Middle Speed ENG 0 to 2100 1300 10V step 2 351 00 3 Common BW Bias Image Transfer Low Speed ENG 0 to 2100 1100 10V step 2 351 20 1 Common BW Bias Image Transfer Std Spd 2 ENG 0 to 2100 1500 1...

Page 1060: ...n FC Bias Image Transfer Middle Spd Bk ENG 0 to 2100 1300 10V step 2 357 00 6 Common FC Bias Image Transfer Middle Spd C ENG 0 to 2100 1200 10V step 2 357 00 7 Common FC Bias Image Transfer Middle Spd...

Page 1061: ...1 step 2 360 00 7 Common FC Env CorrectionTable ImageTransfer Std Spd Y ENG 1 to 100 5 1 step 2 360 00 8 Common FC Env CorrectionTable ImageTransfer Middle Spd Bk ENG 1 to 100 9 1 step 2 360 00 9 Comm...

Page 1062: ...C ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 361 01 0 Time Lapse Correction Div 1 Middle Speed FC M ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 361 011 Time Lapse Correction Div 1 Middle Speed FC Y ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 361 01 2 Time Lapse...

Page 1063: ...eed FC Bk ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 362 01 3 Time Lapse Correction Div 2 Low Speed FC C ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 362 01 4 Time Lapse Correction Div 2 Low Speed FC M ENG 1 to 60 1 1 step 2 362 01 5 Time Lap...

Page 1064: ...ion Transfer Standard Speed Div1 ENG 0 to 2000 0 10V step 2 371 00 2 Time Lapse Correction Transfer Middle Speed Div1 ENG 0 to 2000 0 10V step 2 371 00 3 Time Lapse Correction Transfer Low Speed Div1...

Page 1065: ...rrection Middle Speed Div 2 ENG 0 to 2000 0 10 V step 2 382 00 3 Vc Correction Low Speed Div2 ENG 0 to 2000 0 10 V step 2 383 00 1 Vc Correction Standard Speed Div3 ENG 0 to 2000 0 10 V step 2 383 00...

Page 1066: ...1 Bias BW Paper Transfer Std Spd 1Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 21 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to 200 30 1uA step 2 403 002 Plain 1 Bias BW Paper Transfer Std Spd 2Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 16...

Page 1067: ...Low Spd 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 411 007 Plain 1 Size Correction BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S2 ENG 100 to 995 121 5 step 2 411 008 Plain 1 Size Correction BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 2...

Page 1068: ...Plain 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer Std Spd 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 22 1 step 2 413 003 Plain 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 25 1 step 2 413 004 Plain 1 Size...

Page 1069: ...C Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side S4 ENG 1 to 100 32 1 step 2 415 001 Plain 1 Leading Edge Correct Paper Transfer Std Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 415 002 Plain 1 Leading Edge Correct Paper Transf...

Page 1070: ...1 Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 417 004 Plain 1 Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 417 005 Plain 1 Trail Edge...

Page 1071: ...tion DC Low Spd 2Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 419 017 Plain 1 Edge Envir Correct Separation DC Std Spd 1Side ENG 1 to 100 50 1 step 2 419 018 Plain 1 Edge Envir Correct Separation DC Std Spd 2Side EN...

Page 1072: ...Spd 1Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 25 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to 200 36 1uA step 2 427 002 Plain 2 Bias FC Paper Transfer Std Spd 2Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 18 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to...

Page 1073: ...er Transfer Std Spd 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 432 003 Plain 2 Size Correction FC Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 432 004 Plain 2 Size Correction FC Paper Transfe...

Page 1074: ...4 001 Plain 2 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Std Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 35 1 step 2 434 002 Plain 2 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Std Spd 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 36 1 step 2 434 003 Plain 2...

Page 1075: ...e Paper Transfer Std Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 436 002 Plain 2 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Std Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 436 003 Plain 2 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Low...

Page 1076: ...tep 2 438 004 Plain 2 SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 438 005 Plain 2 SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC Std Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 438 006 Plain...

Page 1077: ...Mid Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 200 16 1uA step 2 443 003 M Thick Bias BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 200 14 1uA step 2 443 004 M Thick Bias BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 200 14 1uA step...

Page 1078: ...M Thick Size Correction FC Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 452 004 M Thick Size Correction FC Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 452 007 M Thick S...

Page 1079: ...fer Std Mid Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 45 1 step 2 454 002 M Thick Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 46 1 step 2 454 003 M Thick Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Lo...

Page 1080: ...002 M Thick SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 456 003 M Thick SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 456 004 M Thick SW T...

Page 1081: ...Trail Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 458 005 M Thick SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC Std Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 458 006 M Thick SW Timing Trail Edge Separat...

Page 1082: ...ansfer 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 491 004 Thick 1 Size Correction BW Paper Transfer 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 491 007 Thick 1 Size Correction BW Paper Transfer 1Side S2 ENG 100 to...

Page 1083: ...1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 1Side S2 ENG 1 to 100 61 1 step 2 493 008 Thick 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 2Side S2 ENG 1 to 100 62 1 step 2 493 011 Thick 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper T...

Page 1084: ...o 50 0 2mm step 2 496 004 Thick 1 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 496 007 Thick 1 SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 496 008 Thick 1 SW...

Page 1085: ...0 to 200 14 1uA step 2 507 003 Thick 2 Bias FC Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 200 15 1uA step 2 507 004 Thick 2 Bias FC Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 200 15 1uA step 2 511 003 Thick 2 Size Correction B...

Page 1086: ...step 2 513 003 Thick 2 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 67 1 step 2 513 004 Thick 2 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 68 1 step 2 513 007 Thick 2 Size E...

Page 1087: ...ading Edge Correct Separation DC 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 515 008 Thick 2 Leading Edge Correct Separation DC 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 516 003 Thick 2 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer 1...

Page 1088: ...step 2 521 004 Thick 3 Bias Separation DC 2Side ENG 0 to 4000 0 10 V step 2 523 003 Thick 3 Bias BW Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 200 10 1uA step 2 523 004 Thick 3 Bias BW Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0...

Page 1089: ...3 Size Correction FC Paper Transfer 2Side S3 ENG 100 to 995 269 5 step 2 532 015 Thick 3 Size Correction FC Paper Transfer 1Side S4 ENG 100 to 995 182 5 step 2 532 016 Thick 3 Size Correction FC Paper...

Page 1090: ...1 to 100 82 1 step 2 535 003 Thick 3 Leading Edge Correct Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 535 004 Thick 3 Leading Edge Correct Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 535 007 Th...

Page 1091: ...2Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 539 019 Thick 3 Edge Envir Correct Separation DC 1Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 539 020 Thick 3 Edge Envir Correct Separation DC 2Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 541 003 O...

Page 1092: ...84 1 step 2 554 011 OHP Size Env Correct FC PaperTransfer S3 ENG 1 to 100 85 1 step 2 554 015 OHP Size Env Correct FC PaperTransfer S4 ENG 1 to 100 86 1 step 2 555 003 OHP Leading Edge Correction Pape...

Page 1093: ...Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 1Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 21 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to 200 24 1uA step 2 563 002 Special 1 Bias BW Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 1...

Page 1094: ...7 Special 1 SizeCorrection BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S2 ENG 100 to 995 120 5 step 2 571 008 Special 1 SizeCorrection BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side S2 ENG 100 to 995 175 5 step 2 571 011 Specia...

Page 1095: ...r Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 22 1 step 2 573 003 Special 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 25 1 step 2 573 004 Special 1 Size Env Correct BW Paper Tran...

Page 1096: ...p 2 575 001 Special 1 LeadingEdgeCorrect Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 575 002 Special 1 LeadingEdgeCorrect Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 575...

Page 1097: ...r Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 577 004 Special 1 TrailEdgeCorrection Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 577 005 Special 1 TrailEdgeCorrection Separation DC Std...

Page 1098: ...ecial 1 Edge Envir Correc Separation DC Std Spd 1Side ENG 1 to 100 50 1 step 2 579 018 Special 1 Edge Envir Correc Separation DC Std Spd 2side ENG 1 to 100 50 1 step 2 579 019 Special 1 Edge Envir Cor...

Page 1099: ...to 200 22 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to 200 25 1uA step 2 587 002 Special 2 Bias FC Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side ENG IM C300 series 0 to 200 18 1uA step IM C400 series 0 to 200 20 1uA step 2 587 0...

Page 1100: ...Special 2 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 592 004 Special 2 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 592 007 Special...

Page 1101: ...Transfer Std Mid Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 35 1 step 2 594 002 Special 2 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 36 1 step 2 594 003 Special 2 Size Env Correct FC Paper Tr...

Page 1102: ...002 Special 2 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 596 003 Special 2 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 596 004 Special...

Page 1103: ...Trail Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 598 005 Special 2 SWTiming Trail Edge Separation DC Std Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 598 006 Special 2 SWTiming Trail Edge Separa...

Page 1104: ...cial 3 Bias BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 200 10 1uA step 2 603 004 Special 3 Bias BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 200 8 1uA step 2 603 201 Special 3 Bias BW Paper Transfer Std Spd...

Page 1105: ...sfer Std Mid Spd 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 612 002 Special 3 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 2Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 612 003 Special 3 SizeCorrection FC Paper Tran...

Page 1106: ...6 Special 3 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side S4 ENG 1 to 100 54 1 step 2 614 001 Special 3 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 1Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 45 1 step 2 614 002 Spec...

Page 1107: ...paration DC Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 616 001 Special 3 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer Std Mid Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 616 002 Special 3 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer...

Page 1108: ...mm step 2 618 003 Special 3 SWTiming Trail Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 618 004 Special 3 SWTiming Trail Edge Paper Transfer Low Spd 2Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 618 00...

Page 1109: ...Side ENG 0 to 200 15 1uA step 2 627 004 Special 4 Bias FC Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 200 11 1uA step 2 631 003 Special 4 SizeCorrection BW Paper Transfer 1Side S1 ENG 100 to 995 100 5 step 2 631 00...

Page 1110: ...step 2 633 004 Special 4 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 2Side S1 ENG 1 to 100 60 1 step 2 633 007 Special 4 Size Env Correct BW Paper Transfer 1Side S2 ENG 1 to 100 61 1 step 2 633 008 Special 4 S...

Page 1111: ...adingEdgeCorrect Separation DC 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 636 003 Special 4 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 50 0 2mm step 2 636 004 Special 4 SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer...

Page 1112: ...3 Special 5 Bias BW Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 200 11 1uA step 2 643 004 Special 5 Bias BW Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 200 8 1uA step 2 647 003 Special 5 Bias FC Paper Transfer 1Side ENG 0 to 200...

Page 1113: ...orrection FC Paper Transfer 1Side S4 ENG 100 to 995 154 5 step 2 652 016 Special 5 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer 2Side S4 ENG 100 to 995 389 5 step 2 653 003 Special 5 Size Env Correct BW Paper Tra...

Page 1114: ...to 995 100 5 step 2 655 004 Special 5 LeadingEdgeCorrect Paper Transfer 2Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 655 007 Special 5 LeadingEdgeCorrect Separation DC 1Side ENG 0 to 995 100 5 step 2 655 008 Spec...

Page 1115: ...59 020 Special 5 Edge Envir Correc Separation DC 2Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 661 003 Special 6 Bias Separation DC 1Side ENG 0 to 4000 2000 10 V step 2 661 004 Special 6 Bias Separation DC 2Side ENG...

Page 1116: ...ep 2 672 011 Special 6 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer 1Side S3 ENG 100 to 995 140 5 step 2 672 012 Special 6 SizeCorrection FC Paper Transfer 2Side S3 ENG 100 to 995 278 5 step 2 672 015 Special 6 S...

Page 1117: ...15 Special 6 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer 1Side S4 ENG 1 to 100 81 1 step 2 674 016 Special 6 Size Env Correct FC Paper Transfer 2Side S4 ENG 1 to 100 82 1 step 2 675 003 Special 6 LeadingEdgeCo...

Page 1118: ...EnvCorrectionTable Separation DC 2Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 679 019 Special 6 Edge Envir Correc Separation DC 1Side ENG 1 to 100 30 1 step 2 679 020 Special 6 Edge Envir Correc Separation DC 2Side...

Page 1119: ...99999999 0 1mm step 2 905 007 Dev Rvs Counter Color ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1mm step 2 905 010 Dev pre drive ON OFF ON OFF ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 OFF 1 ON 2 905 020 Last Dev drive speed Last Dev drive spe...

Page 1120: ...6 002 Gain Set Color OPC Drum Low Speed ENG 0 to 1 1 1STEP step 2 916 003 Gain Set Color OPC Drum Middle Speed ENG 0 to 1 0 1STEP step 2 930 001 Paper Transfer Bias Limiter Bias ENG 0 to 7000 6000 10V...

Page 1121: ...n Temperature ENG 20 0 to 70 0 42 0 0 1deg step 2 990 012 Print Duty Control Cancellation Temp Threshold ENG 0 0 to 20 0 1 0 0 1deg step 2 990 013 Print Duty Control ON OFF Setting ENG 0 to 1 1 1 step...

Page 1122: ...tep 3 012 00 2 ProCon Execute Result Display History Last 2 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 3 012 00 3 ProCon Execute Result Display History Last 3 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 3 012 00 4 ProCon Execute Resu...

Page 1123: ...xe Execute ALL ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 050 00 2 Forced Toner Supply Exe Execute Color ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 050 00 3 Forced Toner Supply Exe Execute Bk ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 050 00 4 Forced Toner Supply...

Page 1124: ...k Display Vsg reg center ENG 0 00 to 5 50 0 00 0 01V step 3 075 00 3 ID Sensor Check Display Vsg reg rear ENG 0 00 to 5 50 0 00 0 01V step 3 075 01 1 ID Sensor Check Display Voffset front ENG 0 00 to...

Page 1125: ...C ENG 0 000 to 500 000 0 000 0 001g step 3 102 01 3 Toner Remaining Display Pixel M ENG 0 000 to 500 000 0 000 0 001g step 3 102 01 4 Toner Remaining Display Pixel Y ENG 0 000 to 500 000 0 000 0 001g...

Page 1126: ...Thresh Delta Vt Sum Thresh ENG 0 to 99 10 1V step 3 131 01 1 Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Thresh Before NE ENG 0 00 to 5 00 0 50 0 01V step 3 131 01 2 Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Sum Thresh Before NE ENG 0 to 99...

Page 1127: ...t step 3 200 00 2 Toner Density Display C ENG 0 0 to 25 5 0 0 0 1wt step 3 200 00 3 Toner Density Display M ENG 0 0 to 25 5 0 0 0 1wt step 3 200 00 4 Toner Density Display Y ENG 0 0 to 25 5 0 0 0 1wt...

Page 1128: ...0000 0 0000 0 0001g cm3 step 3 206 03 2 TD Sensor Bulk Corr Set Offset C ENG 2 0000 to 2 0000 0 0000 0 0001g cm3 step 3 206 03 3 TD Sensor Bulk Corr Set Offset M ENG 2 0000 to 2 0000 0 0000 0 0001g cm...

Page 1129: ...to 0 50 0 00 0 01V step 3 213 02 3 Vt Shift Set Low Speed TC Correction M ENG 0 50 to 0 50 0 00 0 01V step 3 213 02 4 Vt Shift Set Low Speed TC Correction Y ENG 0 50 to 0 50 0 00 0 01V step 3 213 03 1...

Page 1130: ...0 Vtref Correct Pixel Set Initial ProCon Interval ENG 0 to 255 6 1times step 3 232 04 1 Vtref Correct Pixel Set High Coverage Thresh ENG 0 to 100 60 1 step 3 232 05 0 Vtref Correct Pixel Set ProCon I...

Page 1131: ...to 1 00 0 05 0 01V step 3 234 02 2 Vtref Correction Set Correction Amount C ENG 0 00 to 1 00 0 05 0 01V step 3 234 02 3 Vtref Correction Set Correction Amount M ENG 0 00 to 1 00 0 05 0 01V step 3 234...

Page 1132: ...3 251 00 4 Dot Coverage Display Latest Y ENG 0 00 to 100 00 0 00 0 01 step 3 251 01 1 Dot Coverage Display Accumulate Average S Bk ENG 0 0000 to 100 0000 5 0000 0 0001 step 3 251 01 2 Dot Coverage Di...

Page 1133: ...Dot Coverage Display Accumulate Page Set S ENG 1 to 255 5 1sheets step 3 251 04 2 Dot Coverage Display Accumulate Page Set M ENG 1 to 500 10 1sheets step 3 251 04 3 Dot Coverage Display Accumulate Pa...

Page 1134: ...mage Area Display Latest Bk ENG 0 to 65535 0 1cm 2 step 3 252 00 2 Accumulate Image Area Display Latest C ENG 0 to 65535 0 1cm 2 step 3 252 00 3 Accumulate Image Area Display Latest M ENG 0 to 65535 0...

Page 1135: ...000 to 5 000 0 000 0 001V step 3 312 00 1 ID Sen Detection Vct Vct_reg ENG 0 000 to 5 000 0 000 0 001V step 3 312 01 1 ID Sen Detection Vct Vct_dif ENG 0 000 to 5 000 0 000 0 001V step 3 320 00 1 Vsg...

Page 1136: ...Result Display Latest 1 ENG 0 to 999 0 1 step 3 323 00 3 Vsg Adj Result Display Latest 2 ENG 0 to 999 0 1 step 3 323 00 4 Vsg Adj Result Display Latest 3 ENG 0 to 999 0 1 step 3 323 00 5 Vsg Adj Resul...

Page 1137: ...DANC 3 400 00 3 Toner Supply Type Select M ENG 0 to 4 4 1 step 0 FIXED 2 PID 4 DANC 3 400 00 4 Toner Supply Type Select Y ENG 0 to 4 4 1 step 0 FIXED 2 PID 4 DANC 3 411 00 1 Toner Supply Qty Display B...

Page 1138: ...00 0 01 step 3 421 01 6 Toner Supply Ability Set Coefficient 6 ENG 0 50 to 2 00 1 00 0 01 step 3 421 01 7 Toner Supply Ability Set Coefficient 7 ENG 0 50 to 2 00 1 00 0 01 step 3 421 01 8 Toner Suppl...

Page 1139: ...Limits Set Max Supply Rate Y ENG 0 to 255 100 1 step 3 422 01 1 Toner Supply Limits Set Min Supply Time Bk ENG 0 to 255 100 1msec step 3 422 01 2 Toner Supply Limits Set Min Supply Time C ENG 0 to 25...

Page 1140: ...Pixel Proportion Coef 2 C ENG 0 00 to 2 55 1 00 0 01 step 3 450 02 3 Toner Supply PID Setting Pixel Proportion Coef 2 M ENG 0 00 to 2 55 1 00 0 01 step 3 450 02 4 Toner Supply PID Setting Pixel Propor...

Page 1141: ...ef M ENG 0 to 2550 500 1 step 3 450 07 4 Toner Supply PID Setting I_Vt_Coef Y ENG 0 to 2550 500 1 step 3 450 08 1 Toner Supply PID Setting Si Bk ENG 255 00 to 255 00 0 00 0 01 step 3 450 08 2 Toner Su...

Page 1142: ...Gain Bk ENG 0 0000 to 1 0000 0 0100 0 0001 step 3 461 01 2 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set P Limits Ratio Up Bk ENG 0 00 to 1 00 0 05 0 01 step 3 461 01 3 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set P Limits Ratio Low Bk E...

Page 1143: ...io Low Speed Bk ENG 0 00 to 1 00 1 00 0 01 step 3 462 00 1 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set ANC Rate ENG 0 to 200 100 1 step 3 462 10 1 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set ANC Gain Bk ENG 0 00 to 2 00 1 00 0 01 step...

Page 1144: ...000 0000 0 0000 0 0001 step 3 463 20 1 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set Save_DANC Bk ENG 0 to 9999 0 1cm2 step 3 463 20 2 Toner Supply Ctrl DANC Set Save_DANC C ENG 0 to 9999 0 1cm2 step 3 463 20 3 Toner Su...

Page 1145: ...520 00 2 Image Quality Adj Interval During Stand by ENG 0 to 100 10 1minute step 3 521 00 1 Drum Stop Time Display Year ENG 0 to 99 0 1year step 3 521 00 2 Drum Stop Time Display Month ENG 1 to 12 1 1...

Page 1146: ...to 255 30 1sec step 3 529 00 1 ProCon Auto Exe Interval Set Development Gamma Correction ENG 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 OFF 1 ON 3 529 00 2 ProCon Auto Exe Interval Set Environment Correction ENG 0 to 1 1 1 s...

Page 1147: ...step 3 530 00 9 Power ON ProCon Set Non use Time Setting Long ENG 0 to 65535 2880 1min step 3 531 00 1 Non useTime Procon Set Non use Time Setting ENG 0 to 1440 360 1minute step 3 531 00 2 Non useTim...

Page 1148: ...533 01 2 Interrupt ProCon Set Interval Display FC ENG 0 to 5000 200 1sheets step 3 533 01 3 Interrupt ProCon Set Correction Short FC ENG 0 00 to 1 00 0 25 0 01 step 3 533 01 4 Interrupt ProCon Set Co...

Page 1149: ...p 3 539 01 3 Dev Agitating Time Set Absolute Humidity Reference 3 ENG 0 to 3000 5 1sec step 3 539 01 4 Dev Agitating Time Set Absolute Humidity Reference 4 ENG 0 to 3000 5 1sec step 3 539 01 5 Dev Agi...

Page 1150: ...ting Time Set Non use Time Reference 8 ENG 0 to 3000 5 1sec step 3 539 03 9 Dev Agitating Time Set Non use Time Reference 9 ENG 0 to 3000 5 1sec step 3 539 04 0 Dev Agitating Time Set Non use Time Ref...

Page 1151: ...me Set Dot Coverage Reference 5 ENG 0 to 3000 10 1sec step 3 539 05 6 Dev Agitating Time Set Dot Coverage Reference 6 ENG 0 to 3000 10 1sec step 3 539 06 1 Dev Agitating Time Set Dot Coverage Threshol...

Page 1152: ...tep 3 550 02 1 Refresh Mode Rotation Threshold ENG 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 1m step 3 550 03 1 Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold Bk ENG 0 to 255 25 1cm 2 m step 3 550 03 2 Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold C ENG...

Page 1153: ...ENG 0 to 999999 0 1page step 3 550 13 4 Refresh Mode Refresh Page Counter Y ENG 0 to 999999 0 1page step 3 553 00 1 Transfer Belt Cleaning Transfer Idle Time Temp H ENG 0 0 to 3 0 0 0 0 1revolutions s...

Page 1154: ...06 0 Select ProCon Vsg ITB Prev Pattern Corr ENG 0 to 2 2 1 step 0 OFF 1 All Time 2 Non use Time Long 3 610 00 1 Charging AC Control Display Standard Speed Bk ENG 0 00 to 3 00 2 10 0 01kV step 3 610 0...

Page 1155: ...ENG 300 to 1000 690 1 V step 3 611 02 3 Charging DC Control Display Low Speed M ENG 300 to 1000 690 1 V step 3 611 02 4 Charging DC Control Display Low Speed Y ENG 300 to 1000 690 1 V step 3 611 05 1...

Page 1156: ...00 550 1 V step 3 612 04 1 Dev DC Control Display Vb Limit ENG 0 to 500 50 1V step 3 612 05 1 Dev DC Control Display Std Speed BW ENG 200 to 800 550 1 V step 3 612 06 1 Dev DC Control Display Mid Spee...

Page 1157: ...y Mid Speed Bk ENG 0 to 200 100 1 step 3 613 01 2 LD Power Control Display Mid Speed C ENG 0 to 200 100 1 step 3 613 01 3 LD Power Control Display Mid Speed M ENG 0 to 200 100 1 step 3 613 01 4 LD Pow...

Page 1158: ...td Speed Y ENG 0 00 to 2 55 0 79 0 01 step 3 619 00 5 Img Bias Line Spd Corr Set Vb Coef Low Speed Bk ENG 0 00 to 2 55 0 57 0 01 step 3 619 00 6 Img Bias Line Spd Corr Set Vb Coef Low Speed C ENG 0 00...

Page 1159: ...p 3 619 03 4 Img Bias Line Spd Corr Set Vb Offset Mid Speed Std Speed 2 ENG 1000 to 1000 264 1V step 3 619 03 5 Img Bias Line Spd Corr Set Vb Offset Low Speed Std Speed 2 ENG 1000 to 1000 264 1V step...

Page 1160: ...Potential Display Bk ENG 0 to 800 0 1V step 3 622 00 2 Development Potential Display C ENG 0 to 800 0 1V step 3 622 00 3 Development Potential Display M ENG 0 to 800 0 1V step 3 622 00 4 Development P...

Page 1161: ...step IM C400 series 1000 to 1000 249 1 step 3 623 00 2 LD Power Set Standard Speed Slope C ENG IM C300 series 1000 to 1000 186 1 step IM C400 series 1000 to 1000 249 1 step 3 623 00 3 LD Power Set Sta...

Page 1162: ...3 02 1 LD Power Set Mid Speed Slope Bk ENG 1000 to 1000 231 1 step 3 623 02 2 LD Power Set Mid Speed Slope C ENG 1000 to 1000 231 1 step 3 623 02 3 LD Power Set Mid Speed Slope M ENG 1000 to 1000 231...

Page 1163: ...Slope M ENG IM C300 series 1000 to 1000 144 1 step IM C400 series 1000 to 1000 154 1 step 3 623 04 4 LD Power Set Low Speed Slope Y ENG IM C300 series 1000 to 1000 144 1 step IM C400 series 1000 to 1...

Page 1164: ...ep 3 624 00 2 TC Adj Mode Set Target Lower Limit ENG 1 00 to 0 00 0 10 0 01mg cm2 kV step 3 624 00 7 TC Adj Mode Set Consume Counts Upper Limit ENG 0 to 16 16 1times step 3 624 02 1 TC Adj Mode Set Co...

Page 1165: ...in Y ENG 0 0 to 1 0 0 5 0 1 step 3 624 06 1 TC Adj Mode Set Consump Gain Bk ENG 0 0 to 1 0 0 5 0 1 step 3 624 06 2 TC Adj Mode Set Consump Gain C ENG 0 0 to 1 0 0 5 0 1 step 3 624 06 3 TC Adj Mode Set...

Page 1166: ...1 ID Pattern Extraction Set Vsg Lower Threshold ENG 0 000 to 5 000 3 000 0 001V step 3 628 00 1 ID Pattern Timing Set Scan YMCK ENG 500 0 to 500 0 0 0 0 1mm step 3 628 00 2 ID Pattern Timing Set Dete...

Page 1167: ...50 to 2 55 0 75 0 01mg cm2 kV step 3 630 06 1 Dev gamma Disp Set Toner Density Bk ENG 0 0 to 25 5 0 0 0 1wt step 3 630 06 2 Dev gamma Disp Set Toner Density C ENG 0 0 to 25 5 0 0 0 1wt step 3 630 06 3...

Page 1168: ...09 3 Manual New Unit Set ITB Unit ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 10 2 Manual New Unit Set ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 10 9 Manual New Unit Set PTR Unit ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 11 5 Manua...

Page 1169: ...Feed Roller Tray 4 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 15 7 Manual New Unit Set Friction Pad Bank 4 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 15 8 Manual New Unit Set IMC400 Pick upRoller Tray 1 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 3 701 15 9...

Page 1170: ...ction Volume Count 1 After Near Full ENG 0 0 to 100000 0 0 0 0 1 step 3 800 00 5 Waste Toner Full Detection Volume Count 2 After Near Full ENG 0 0 to 1000000 0 0 0 0 1 step 3 800 00 7 Waste Toner Full...

Page 1171: ...m step 4 012 004 Scanner Erase Margin Scale Book Main Scan Trailing Edge Front ENG 0 0 to 3 0 1 0 0 1mm step 4 013 001 Scanner Free Run Lamp OFF ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 4 013 002 Scanner Free Run Lamp ON...

Page 1172: ...ect Level Rear ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 4 020 012 DF Dust Check Correction Level Rear ENG 0 to 8 4 1 step 4 400 001 Scanner Erase Margin Book Sub Scan Leading Edge Left ENG 0 0 to 3 0 1 0 0 1mm step 4 400...

Page 1173: ...al AE Background level ENG 512 to 1535 932 1 step 4 482 001 Scanner ACC Rear Read New Chart ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 4 482 002 Scanner ACC Rear Recall Prev Chart ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 4 482 003 Scanner ACC R...

Page 1174: ...1 step 4 540 001 Print Coverage RY Phase Option ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 002 Print Coverage RY Phase R ENG 256 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 003 Print Coverage RY Phase G ENG 256 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 004...

Page 1175: ...step 4 540 036 Print Coverage BM Phase B ENG 256 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 037 Print Coverage MB Phase Option ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 038 Print Coverage MB Phase R ENG 256 to 255 0 1 step 4 540 039 P...

Page 1176: ...8 Scan Apli Txt Contrast 1 255 ENG 1 to 255 128 1 step 4 551 009 Scan Apli Txt Ind Dot Erase 0 Off 1 7 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 7 0 1 step 4 552 005 Scan Apli Txt Dropout MTF 0 Off 1 15 Weak Strong ENG 0...

Page 1177: ...Apli GrayScale Ind Dot Erase 0 Off 1 7 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 7 0 1 step 4 570 005 Scan Apli Col Txt Photo MTF 0 Off 1 15 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 15 8 1 step 4 570 006 Scan Apli Col Txt Photo Smoothing 0 x...

Page 1178: ...nd Dot Erase 0 Off 1 7 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 7 0 1 step 4 580 005 Fax Apli Txt Chart MTF 0 Off 1 15 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 15 8 1 step 4 580 006 Fax Apli Txt Chart Smoothing 0 x1 1 7 Weak Strong ENG 0 to...

Page 1179: ...hoto Texture Erase 0 ENG 0 to 2 0 1 step 4 584 005 Fax Apli Original 1 MTF 0 Off 1 15 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 15 8 1 step 4 584 006 Fax Apli Original 1 Smoothing 0 x1 1 7 Weak Strong ENG 0 to 7 4 1 step...

Page 1180: ...Error Flag Md ENG 0 to 65535 0 1 step 4 645 002 Abnormal Error Flag Power System ENG 0 to 65535 0 1 step 4 645 003 Abnormal Error Flag Image ENG 0 to 65535 0 1 step 4 646 001 Scan Adjust Error White...

Page 1181: ...0 1 step 4 747 001 CIS Scanner Hard Error Power ON ENG 0 to 65535 0 1 step 4 785 001 CIS White Level Peak Target Color ENG 0 to 1024 707 1digit step 4 796 001 Low Density Color Correction Front Side E...

Page 1182: ...0 1 step 4 902 013 Disp ACC Data ditect patch up 13 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 902 014 Disp ACC Data ditect patch up 14 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 902 015 Disp ACC Data ditect patch up 15 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 s...

Page 1183: ...tch photo 19 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 902 160 Disp ACC Data M patch photo 20 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 902 161 Disp ACC Data Y patch photo 1 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 4 902 178 Disp ACC Data Y patch photo 18...

Page 1184: ...Text Copy Single Color ENG 0 to 400 100 1 step 4 930 004 Coverage Ctrl Text Copy Color Conversion ENG 0 to 400 180 1 step 4 930 005 Coverage Ctrl Text Coverage Ctrl OFF ENG 0 to 400 400 1 step 4 931...

Page 1185: ...ions 3 ENG 0 to 255 80 1 step 4 997 004 White Paper count conditions conditions 4 ENG 0 to 16777215 16777215 1 step 4 998 001 White Paper Binary thresh strength 0 up side ENG 0 to 255 26 1 step 4 998...

Page 1186: ...resh 4 998 011 White Paper Binary thresh strength 3 down side ENG 0 to 255 77 1 step 4 998 012 White Paper Binary thresh strength 4 down side ENG 0 to 255 93 1 step 4 998 013 White Paper Binary thresh...

Page 1187: ...splay language 41 48 CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 5 009 20 7 Add display language 49 56 CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 5 024 00 1 mm inch Display Selection 0 mm 1 inch CTL 0 to 1 1 step NA 1 Other than NA 0 5 045 00...

Page 1188: ...it CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 No Display 1 Display 5 062 11 6 Part Replacement Alert Display Fusing Sleeve CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 No Display 1 Display 5 062 11 8 Part Replacement Alert Display Pressure Roll...

Page 1189: ...1 Display 5 062 15 8 Part Replacement Alert Display Pick up Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 No Display 1 Display 5 062 15 9 Part Replacement Alert Display Feeding Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step...

Page 1190: ...sing Sleeve CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 Service 1 User 5 067 11 8 Part Replacement Operation Type Pressure Roller CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 Service 1 User 5 067 14 2 Part Replacement Operation Type Wast Toner b...

Page 1191: ...Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 Service 1 User 5 067 16 0 Part Replacement Operation Type Separation Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 Service 1 User 5 067 16 9 Part Replacement Operation Type Fe...

Page 1192: ...Setting CH TW SoftKeybord Setting CTL 0 to 2 0 1 step 5 101 20 2 Copy Auto Clear Setting Auto Clear Timer Setting 0 ON 1 OFF CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 113 00 1 Optional Counter Type Default Optional Coun...

Page 1193: ...Display Setting CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 120 00 1 Mode Clear Opt Counter Removal 0 Yes 1 StandBy 2 No CTL 0 to 2 0 1 step 5 121 00 1 Counter Up Timing 0 Feed 1 Exit CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 127 00 1 APS OF...

Page 1194: ...00 1 Paper Exit After Staple End Staple 1 Without 2 After 0 Auto CTL 0 to 0 0 1 step 5 212 00 3 Page Numbering Duplex Printout Left Right Position of Left Right Facing CTL 1000 to 1000 0 0 01mm step...

Page 1195: ...ght Saving Time Setting CTL 0 to 1 1 step NA 1 EU 1 AS 0 CHN 0 KOR 0 TWN 0 5 307 00 3 Daylight Saving Time Rule Set Start CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 1 step NA 0x03200210 EU 0x03500010 AS 0x10500010 CHN 0 KOR...

Page 1196: ...ation Method CTL 0 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 401 23 0 Access Control SDK Certification Device CTL 0 to 0xff 0 1 step 5 401 24 0 Access Control Detail Option CTL 0 to 0xff 0 1 step 5 402 10 1 Access Control S...

Page 1197: ...it Setting CTL 0 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 402 11 7 Access Control SDKJ17 Limit Setting CTL 0 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 402 11 8 Access Control SDKJ18 Limit Setting CTL 0 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 402 11 9 Access Control...

Page 1198: ...ffff 0 1 step 5 402 14 5 Access Control SDKJ5 ProductID CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 1 step 5 402 14 6 Access Control SDKJ6 ProductID CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 1 step 5 402 14 7 Access Control SDKJ7 ProductID CT...

Page 1199: ...0 1 step 5 402 16 3 Access Control SDKJ23 ProductID CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 1 step 5 402 16 4 Access Control SDKJ24 ProductID CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 1 step 5 402 16 5 Access Control SDKJ25 ProductID CTL...

Page 1200: ...9999 60 1min step 5 414 00 1 Access Mitigation Mitigation On Off CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 414 00 2 Access Mitigation Mitigation Time CTL 0 to 60 15 1min step 5 415 00 1 Password Attack Permissible Numbe...

Page 1201: ...ntication SDK1 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 420 06 1 User Authentication SDK2 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 420 07 1 User Authentication SDK3 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 420 08 1 User Authentication Browser CTL 0 to 1 0 1...

Page 1202: ...7 External Auth User Preset AcntAcl CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 431 03 8 External Auth User Preset DocumentAcl CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 431 04 0 External Auth User Preset CertCrypt CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 431 0...

Page 1203: ...larm CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 507 08 0 Supply CC Alarm Toner Call Timing CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 At replacement 1 AtLessThanThres h 5 507 08 1 Supply CC Alarm Toner Call Threshold CTL 10 to 90 10 10 step 5...

Page 1204: ...CTL 1 to 9999 300 1 step 5 513 00 2 PartsAlermlevelCount Df CTL 1 to 9999 300 1 step 5 514 00 1 PartsAlermlev Normal CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 514 00 2 PartsAlermlev Df CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 515 00 1 SC A...

Page 1205: ...nterval CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 517 06 3 Get Machine Information AutoDiscovery Execution Weekday CTL 0 to 6 0 1 step 5 517 06 4 Get Machine Information AutoDiscovery Execution Hour CTL 0 to 23 0 1 step...

Page 1206: ...28 00 4 Network Setting NAT UI Port2 CTL 1 to 65535 55102 1 step 5 728 00 5 Network Setting NAT Machine Port3 CTL 1 to 65535 49103 1 step 5 728 00 6 Network Setting NAT UI Port3 CTL 1 to 65535 55103 1...

Page 1207: ...o 1 0 1 step 5 728 10 2 Network Setting PacketCapture mode CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 728 10 3 Network Setting PacketCapture interface CTL 0 to 3 0 1 step 5 728 10 4 Network Setting PacketCapture length CT...

Page 1208: ...1 step 5 745 21 2 DeemedPowerConsumptio n STR CTL 0 to 9999 0 1 step 5 745 21 3 DeemedPowerConsumptio n Main Power Off CTL 0 to 9999 0 1 step 5 745 21 4 DeemedPowerConsumptio n Scanning and Printing...

Page 1209: ...entication CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 759 00 1 Machine Limit Count Machine Limit Count Setting CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 759 06 1 Machine Limit Count Full Color Limit Count CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 5 759 06...

Page 1210: ...PaaS Proxy Server CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 760 01 7 PaaS Proxy Port Number CTL 0 to 65535 0 1 step 5 760 01 8 PaaS Proxy User Name CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 760 01 9 PaaS Proxy User Password CTL 0 to 0 0 0 s...

Page 1211: ...Setting Encrypted Communication Permission CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 764 00 3 NFC Setting Access Port1 CTL 0 to 65535 8081 1 step 5 764 00 4 NFC Setting Access Port2 CTL 0 to 65535 8080 1 step 5 764 00 5...

Page 1212: ...TL 0 to 0 0 1 step 5 785 00 1 SmartSDK Version Setting CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 00 1 Memory Clear All Clear CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 00 2 Memory Clear Engine ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 801 00 3 Memory Cl...

Page 1213: ...ory Clear LCS CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 02 0 Cleae Memory Web Uapli CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 02 1 Memory Clear ECS CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 02 3 Memory Clear AICS CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 801 02 5 Clea...

Page 1214: ...to 1 0 1 step 5 803 01 6 INPUT Check Image Transfer Contact HP Sensor ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 01 9 INPUT Check Toner Collection Full Sensor ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 02 0 INPUT Check Toner Collectio...

Page 1215: ...Motor Lock ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 04 1 INPUT Check Fusing Motor Lock ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 04 2 INPUT Check Transport Motor Lock ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 04 4 INPUT Check PP CB SC Detection EN...

Page 1216: ...INPUT Check Tray UL Sensor ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 06 7 INPUT Check Feed Sensor ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 06 8 INPUT Check PFU Vertical Transport Sen 3 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 803 06 9 INPUT Check PFU...

Page 1217: ...Low Speed ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 01 3 OUTPUT Check PSU Fan High Speed ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 01 4 OUTPUT Check PSU Fan Low Speed ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 01 5 OUTPUT Check PCDU Cooling Fan Hig...

Page 1218: ...5 OUTPUT Check Toner Supply Motor Y ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 03 6 OUTPUT Check Toner Supply Motor M ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 03 7 OUTPUT Check Toner Supply Motor C ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 03 8 OU...

Page 1219: ...PP Paper Transfer ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 05 9 OUTPUT Check PP Charge AC Y ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 06 1 OUTPUT Check PP Charge AC M ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 06 3 OUTPUT Check PP Charge AC C ENG...

Page 1220: ...p 5 804 09 1 OUTPUT Check Fusing Motor Standard Speed 2 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 09 2 OUTPUT Check Transport Motor Standard Speed 2 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 09 3 OUTPUT Check Bk Drum Motor Middle Sp...

Page 1221: ...heck PFU Transport Motor 3 High ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 11 6 OUTPUT Check PFU Transport Motor 3 Low ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 11 7 OUTPUT Check PFU Paper Feed CL3 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 804 11 8 OUTP...

Page 1222: ...1 step 5 805 04 3 LOCK Detection 3 ENG 0 to 65535 0 1 step 5 805 05 1 Upper Limit Flag 1 TOTAL ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 805 05 2 Upper Limit Flag 2 TOTAL ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 805 05 3 Upper Limit Flag 3...

Page 1223: ...vice CE Call CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 816 00 3 Remote Service Function Flag CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 816 00 7 Remote Service SSL Disable CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 816 00 8 Remote Service RCG Connect Timeout CTL...

Page 1224: ...vice CERT Error CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 5 816 06 9 Remote Service CERT Up ID CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 816 08 3 Remote Service Firm Up Status CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 816 08 5 Remote Service Firm Up User Check...

Page 1225: ...Service Network Information Waiting timer CTL 5 to 255 5 1sec step 5 816 15 0 Remote Service Selection Country CTL 0 to 10 0 1 step 0 Japan 1 USA 2 Canada 3 UK 4 Germany 5 France 6 Italy 7 Netherlands...

Page 1226: ...ial No CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 816 17 4 Remote Service Retransmission Limit CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 816 18 7 Remote Service FAX TX Priority CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 OFF 1 ON 5 816 19 0 Remote Service 3G Dong...

Page 1227: ...ffffffff 0x00000000 1 step 5 816 24 3 Remote Service CommErrorCode 3 CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0x00000000 1 step 5 816 24 4 Remote Service CommErrorState 1 CTL 0 to 0xffff 0x0000 1 step 5 816 24 5 Remote Se...

Page 1228: ...ad CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 828 03 9 Network Setting User Class CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 828 04 0 Network Setting Class Id CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 828 05 0 Network Setting 1284 Compatiblity Centro CTL 0 to 1...

Page 1229: ...828 15 6 Network Setting IPv6 Manual Address CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 828 15 8 Network Setting IPv6 Gateway Address CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 828 16 1 Network Setting IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting CTL 0 to 1...

Page 1230: ...onts CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 832 00 6 HDD HDD Formatting User Info CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 832 00 7 HDD Mail RX Data CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 832 00 8 HDD Mail TX Data CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 832 00 9 HDD HDD...

Page 1231: ...6 06 1 Capture Setting Captured File Resend 0 Off 1 On CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 836 07 1 Capture Setting Reduction for Copy Color CTL 0 to 3 2 1 step 5 836 07 2 Capture Setting Reduction for Copy B W Tex...

Page 1232: ...nter B W CTL 0 to 3 1 1 step 5 836 09 1 Capture Setting Default for JPEG CTL 5 to 95 50 1 step 5 836 10 1 Capture Setting Primary srv IP address CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0x00 0 step 5 836 10 2 Capture Sett...

Page 1233: ...Capture Setting Reso Scan Color CTL 0 to 255 4 1 step 5 836 12 8 Capture Setting Reso Scan Mono CTL 0 to 255 3 1 step 5 836 12 9 Capture Setting Reso SDK Color CTL 0 to 255 4 1 step 5 836 13 0 Captur...

Page 1234: ...5 841 01 1 Supply Name Setting StapleStd1 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 842 00 1 GWWS Analysis Setting 1 CTL 0x00 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 842 00 2 GWWS Analysis Setting 2 CTL 0x00 to 0xFF 0 1 step 5 844 00 1 USB T...

Page 1235: ...Delivery Server Setting Delivery Svr Capability CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 5 845 01 1 Delivery Server Setting Delivery Svr Capability Ext CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 5 845 01 3 Delivery Server Setting Server Sch...

Page 1236: ...er Auth Change CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 0 Login User 1 Destination 5 846 04 0 UCS Setting Addr Book Migration USB HDD CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 846 04 1 UCS Setting Fill Addr Acl Info CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 846...

Page 1237: ...p Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy Color CTL 0 to 5 2 1 step 5 847 00 2 Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy B W Text CTL 0 to 6 0 1 step 5 847 00 3 Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy B W Othe...

Page 1238: ...F 0x00 0 step 5 848 02 4 Web Service Access Ctrl Log Service Lower 4bits CTL 0x00 to 0xFF 0x00 0 step 5 848 02 5 Web Service Access Ctrl Rest WebService Lower 4bits CTL 0x00 to 0xFF 0x00 0 step 5 848...

Page 1239: ...00 1 Stamp Data Download CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 856 00 2 Remote ROM Update Local Port CTL 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 858 00 1 Collect Machine Info 0 OFF 1 ON CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 5 858 00 2 Collect Machine Info...

Page 1240: ...ebug Logs Only CTL 0 to 1 0 0 step 5 858 14 5 Collect Machine Info Acquire FCU Debug Logs Only CTL 0 to 1 0 0 step 5 858 14 6 Collect Machine Info Acquire Only Network Packets CTL 0 to 1 0 0 step 5 86...

Page 1241: ...CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 866 11 2 E Mail Report CounterE Mail Send Test CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 866 11 3 E Mail Report CounterE Mail Next Send Date CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 866 11 4 E Mail Report CounterE Ma...

Page 1242: ...05 0 Set WIM Function DocSvr Format CTL 0 to 2 0 1 step 5 885 05 1 Set WIM Function DocSvr Trans CTL 5 to 20 10 1 step 5 885 10 0 Set WIM Function Set Signature CTL 0 to 2 0 1 step 5 885 10 1 Set WIM...

Page 1243: ...arm Update Setting Restore Date CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 886 20 2 Farm Update Setting Save Old Version List CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 887 00 1 SD GetCounter CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 888 00 1 Personal Informatio...

Page 1244: ...pload Pattern ENG 0 to 4 0 1 step 5 900 00 2 Engine Log Upload Trigger ENG 0 to 3 0 1 step 5 900 00 3 Engine Log Upload Execute ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 5 907 00 1 Plug Play Maker Model Name CTL 0 to 255 0...

Page 1245: ...pier User Program CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 990 02 2 SP Print Mode Scanner SP CTL 0 to 255 0 0 step 5 990 02 3 SP Print Mode Scanner User Program CTL 0 to 255 0 0 step 5 990 02 4 SP Print Mode SDK J Summa...

Page 1246: ...0 step 5 992 02 4 SP Text Mode SDK J Summary CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 992 02 5 SP Text Mode SDK J Application Info CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 992 02 6 SP Text Mode Printer SP CTL 0 to 255 0 0 step 5 992 02 7...

Page 1247: ...Text Mode Privacy Scanner SP CTL 0 to 255 0 0 step 5 993 02 3 SP Text Mode Privacy Scanner User Program CTL 0 to 255 0 0 step 5 993 02 4 SP Text Mode Privacy SDK J Summary CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 5 993 0...

Page 1248: ...006 010 ADF Adjustment L Edge Regist 1 Pass Face ENG 5 0 to 5 0 0 0 0 1mm step 6 006 011 ADF Adjustment L Edge Regist 1 Pass Back ENG 5 0 to 5 0 0 0 0 1mm step 6 006 014 ADF Adjustment T Edge Erase W...

Page 1249: ...UTPUT Check Motor Forward ENG 0 to 1 0 1STEP step 6 012 004 1 Pass ADF OUTPUT Check Motor Reverse ENG 0 to 1 0 1STEP step 6 012 014 1 Pass ADF OUTPUT Check Feed Clutch ENG 0 to 1 0 1STEP step 6 017 00...

Page 1250: ...0 1 step 6 145 007 FIN Input Check Staple Tray Paper SN ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 6 145 008 FIN Input Check Tray Paper Height SN ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 6 145 009 FIN Input Check Tray Overflow SN ENG 0 to 1 0 1...

Page 1251: ...L 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 007 Function Use Count Size Mag CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 008 Function Use Count Direct Mag CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 009 Function Use Count Dir Size...

Page 1252: ...p CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 028 Function Use Count PageStmp CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 029 Function Use Count CharStmp CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 334 030 Function Use Count CharNu...

Page 1253: ...nt LegacyCopy CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 335 002 Total Job Count SmartCopy CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 335 003 Total Job Count SmartCopy FullHouse CTL 0 to 0xffffffff 0 0 step 7 335 004 Total J...

Page 1254: ...ep 7 404 004 Software Error History Latest 3 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 404 005 Software Error History Latest 4 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 404 006 Software Error History Latest 5 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 404 007 S...

Page 1255: ...p 7 504 010 Paper Jam Location Regist NoPaperBuckle Dup CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 011 Paper Jam Location Regist Sn On Tray CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 012 Paper Jam Location Bank Transport Sn 1...

Page 1256: ...ank Transport Sn 3 Off CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 055 Paper Jam Location Regist Sn Off Bypass CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 056 Paper Jam Location Regist Sn Off Bank CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 0...

Page 1257: ...erStopperMtr CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 504 250 Paper Jam Location Invalid Data CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 505 001 Original Jam Detection At Power On CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 505 004 Original Jam Detec...

Page 1258: ...0 step 7 506 172 Jam Count by Paper Size HLT SEF CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 506 255 Jam Count by Paper Size Others CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 507 001 Plotter Jam History Latest CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 50...

Page 1259: ...ep 7 508 008 Original Jam History Latest 7 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 508 009 Original Jam History Latest 8 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 508 010 Original Jam History Latest 9 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 514 001 Paper J...

Page 1260: ...Tray CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 514 018 Paper Jam Count by Location Fusing Entrance On CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 514 019 Paper Jam Count by Location Fusing Exit On CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 514 020 Pap...

Page 1261: ...am Count by Location NoFinsherResp CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 514 240 Paper Jam Count by Location EntSns On CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 514 241 Paper Jam Count by Location EntSns Off CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 s...

Page 1262: ...5535 0 0 step 7 515 098 Original Jam Count by Detection Narrow Interval CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 515 099 Original Jam Count by Detection Double Feed CTL 0 to 65535 0 0 step 7 515 100 Original Jam Cou...

Page 1263: ...255 0 1 step 7 520 007 Update Log ErrorRecord7 CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 520 008 Update Log ErrorRecord8 CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 520 009 Update Log ErrorRecord9 CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 520 010 Update Lo...

Page 1264: ...step 7 520 035 Update Log Auto Piecemark5 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 520 041 Update Log Auto Version1 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 520 042 Update Log Auto Version2 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 520 043 Update Log Auto Ve...

Page 1265: ...rts Counter Display Df CTL 0 to 9999999 0 0 step 7 618 001 PM Parts Counter Reset Normal CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 618 002 PM Parts Counter Reset Df CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 621 002 PM Counter Display Pages...

Page 1266: ...115 PM Counter Display Pages Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 621 116 PM Counter Display Pages Fusing Sleeve ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 621 118 PM Counter Display Pages Pressure Roll...

Page 1267: ...0 1page step 7 621 154 PM Counter Display Pages Friction Pad Bank 3 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 621 155 PM Counter Display Pages Tray 4 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 621 156 P...

Page 1268: ...r Clear Dev Unit Bk ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 025 PM Counter Clear PCU C ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 026 PM Counter Clear Dev Unit C ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 048 PM Counter Clear PCU M ENG 0 to 1 0 1 s...

Page 1269: ...Friction Pad Bank 2 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 152 PM Counter Clear Tray 3 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 153 PM Counter Clear Paper Feed Roller Tray 3 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 154 PM Coun...

Page 1270: ...Sub Hopper Y ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 245 PM Counter Clear PCU All Colors ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 246 PM Counter Clear Development Unit All Colors ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 622 249 PM Counter Clear To...

Page 1271: ...00 1page step 7 623 102 PM Value Setting Life Pages ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 0 to 99999999 120000 1page step 7 623 109 PM Value Setting Life Pages PTR Unit ENG 0 to 99999999 120000 1page step 7 623 115 P...

Page 1272: ...aper Feed Roller Tray 2 ENG 0 to 99999999 120000 1page step 7 623 151 PM Value Setting Life Pages Friction Pad Bank 2 ENG 0 to 99999999 120000 1page step 7 623 152 PM Value Setting Life Pages Tray 3 R...

Page 1273: ...ENG 0 to 99999999 300000 1page step 7 623 169 PM Value Setting Life Pages Feed Roller Bypass ENG 0 to 99999999 120000 1page step 7 624 002 Part Replacement Operation ON OFF PCU Bk CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step...

Page 1274: ...step 0 No 1 Yes 7 624 142 Part Replacement Operation ON OFF Wast Toner bottle CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 No 1 Yes 7 624 147 Part Replacement Operation ON OFF Paper Feed Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 0...

Page 1275: ...OFF Friction Pad Bank 4 CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 No 1 Yes 7 624 158 Part Replacement Operation ON OFF Pick up Roller Tray1 CTL 0 to 1 1 1 step 0 No 1 Yes 7 624 159 Part Replacement Operation ON OFF Feedi...

Page 1276: ...071 Previous Unit Counter Pages PCU Y ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 625 072 Previous Unit Counter Pages Dev Unit Y ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 625 093 Previous Unit Counter Pages ITB Unit ENG...

Page 1277: ...49 Previous Unit Counter Pages Tray 2 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 625 150 Previous Unit Counter Pages Paper Feed Roller Tray 2 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 625 151 Previous Un...

Page 1278: ...99999999 0 1page step 7 625 169 Previous Unit Counter Pages Feed Roller Bypass ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 625 206 Previous Unit Counter Pages DF Friction Pad ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 62...

Page 1279: ...093 Previous Unit Counter2 Pages ITB Unit ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 626 102 Previous Unit Counter2 Pages ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 626 109 Previous Unit Counter2 Pages...

Page 1280: ...Unit Counter2 Pages Friction Pad Bank 2 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 626 152 Previous Unit Counter2 Pages Tray 3 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 626 153 Previous Unit Counter2 Pa...

Page 1281: ...ass ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 628 002 PM Counter Clear All Clear ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 700 001 Accum Cvrg 1 img Process Disp Bk ENG 0 0 to 400000000 0 0 0 0 1 step 7 700 002 Accum Cvrg 1 img Pr...

Page 1282: ...999 0 1page step 7 710 003 Print Pages Display M ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 710 004 Print Pages Display Y ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1page step 7 720 001 Avg Cvrg for img Display Bk ENG 0 00 to 100 00...

Page 1283: ...mware Version PFU3 ENG 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 801 255 ROM No Firmware Version CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 803 001 PM Counter Display Paper CTL 0 to 9999999 0 0 step 7 804 001 PM Counter Reset Paper CTL 0 to 0 0...

Page 1284: ...18 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 841 003 HddSmartInfoNrs 19 27 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 841 004 HddSmartInfoNrs 28 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 841 051 HddSmartInfoSc 1 9 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 841 052 HddSmartInfoSc 1...

Page 1285: ...53 102 Replace Counter ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 853 109 Replace Counter PTR Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 853 115 Replace Counter Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 853 116 Replace Co...

Page 1286: ...NG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 906 049 Previous Unit Counter Distance Dev Unit M ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 906 071 Previous Unit Counter Distance PCU Y ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 906 072...

Page 1287: ...per M ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1 step 7 906 223 Previous Unit Counter Distance Toner Sub Hopper Y ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1 step 7 906 230 Previous Unit Counter Distance Low Speed PCU Bk ENG 0 to 4294967295...

Page 1288: ...ious Unit Cntr Distance Dev Unit C ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 907 048 Previous Unit Cntr Distance PCU M ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 907 049 Previous Unit Cntr Distance Dev Unit M ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 907...

Page 1289: ...72 Previous Unit Counter Pages Dev Unit Y ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 908 093 Previous Unit Counter Pages ITB Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 908 102 Previous Unit Counter Pages ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 0 to 25...

Page 1290: ...ep 7 908 155 Previous Unit Counter Pages Tray 4 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 908 156 Previous Unit Counter Pages Paper Feed Roller Tray 4 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 908 157 Previous Unit Count...

Page 1291: ...L 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 040 ROM No Bank3 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 150 ROM No RPCS CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 151 ROM No PS CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 152 ROM No RPDL CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 153 ROM N...

Page 1292: ...81 ROM No FONT1 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 182 ROM No FONT2 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 183 ROM No FONT3 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 184 ROM No FONT4 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 185 ROM No FONT5 CTL 0 to 0 0...

Page 1293: ...SDK3 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 910 250 ROM No Package CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 001 Firmware Version System Copy CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 002 Firmware Version Engine CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 003 Firmwa...

Page 1294: ...56 Firmware Version R55 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 157 Firmware Version RTIFF CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 158 Firmware Version PCL CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 159 Firmware Version PCLXL CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step...

Page 1295: ...0 0 step 7 911 187 Firmware Version FONT7 CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 200 Firmware Version Factory CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 201 Firmware Version Copy CTL 0 to 0 0 0 step 7 911 202 Firmware Version Net...

Page 1296: ...e Bk Cartridge Ver ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 931 003 Toner Bottle Bk Brand ID ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 931 004 Toner Bottle Bk Area ID ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 931 005 Toner Bottle Bk Product ID ENG 0 to...

Page 1297: ...r ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 931 020 Toner Bottle Bk Attachment Date ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 931 021 Toner Bottle Bk End Date ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 932 001 Toner Bottle M Machine Serial ID ENG 0 to 25...

Page 1298: ...Attachment Color Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 932 018 Toner Bottle M End Total Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 932 019 Toner Bottle M End Color Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 932 0...

Page 1299: ...History ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 933 015 Toner Bottle C Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 933 016 Toner Bottle C Attachment Total Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 933 017 Toner Bottle C Attach...

Page 1300: ...to 1 0 1 step 7 934 012 Toner Bottle Y Toner Remaining ENG 0 to 100 100 1 step 7 934 013 Toner Bottle Y EDP Code ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 934 014 Toner Bottle Y End History ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 934 015...

Page 1301: ...Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 935 021 Toner Bottle Log 3 Bk SerialNo ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 935 022 Toner Bottle Log 3 Bk Attachment Date ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 935 023 Toner Bottle Log 3 Bk...

Page 1302: ...to 1 0 1 step 7 936 013 Toner Bottle Log 2 M Attachment Total Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 936 014 Toner Bottle Log 2 M Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 936 021 Toner Bottle Log 3 M S...

Page 1303: ...C Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 937 011 Toner Bottle Log 2 C SerialNo ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 937 012 Toner Bottle Log 2 C Attachment Date ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 937 013 Toner Bottle Log 2 C A...

Page 1304: ...to 1 0 1 step 7 938 003 Toner Bottle Log 1 Y Attachment Total Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 938 004 Toner Bottle Log 1 Y Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 938 011 Toner Bottle Log 2 Y S...

Page 1305: ...Attachment Total Counter ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 7 938 044 Toner Bottle Log 5 Y Refill Information ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 940 002 PM Value Setting Life Distance PCU Bk ENG 0 to 999999999 0 1mm step...

Page 1306: ...p 7 940 115 PM Value Setting Life Distance Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 999999999 168978600 1mm step 7 940 116 PM Value Setting Life Distance Fusing Sleeve ENG 0 to 999999999 168978600 1mm step 7 940 118 PM V...

Page 1307: ...ay Distance PTR Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 942 115 PM Counter Display Distance Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 942 116 PM Counter Display Distance Fusing Sleeve ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 942 118 P...

Page 1308: ...M Counter Display Distance PTR Unit ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 944 115 PM Counter Display Distance Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 944 116 PM Counter Display Distance Fusing Sleeve...

Page 1309: ...34 PM Counter Display Distance Middle Speed PCU Bk ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 944 235 PM Counter Display Distance Middle Speed PCU C ENG 0 to 4294967295 0 1mm step 7 944 236 PM Counter Display D...

Page 1310: ...it Replacement Date PTR Unit ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 950 115 Unit Replacement Date Fusing Unit ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 950 116 Unit Replacement Date Fusing Sleeve ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 950 118 Unit Replac...

Page 1311: ...upRoller Tray1 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 950 159 Unit Replacement Date IMC400 FeedingRoller Tray1 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 950 160 Unit Replacement Date IMC400 SeparationRoller Tray1 ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 9...

Page 1312: ...er Assembly ENG 0 to 255 255 1days step 7 951 147 Remain Day Counter Pages IMC300 PaperFeedRoller Tray1 ENG 0 to 255 255 1days step 7 951 148 Remain Day Counter Pages IMC300 FrictionPad Tray1 ENG 0 to...

Page 1313: ...r Distance Dev Unit Bk ENG 0 to 255 255 1days step 7 952 025 Remain Day Counter Distance PCU C ENG 0 to 255 255 1days step 7 952 026 Remain Day Counter Distance Dev Unit C ENG 0 to 255 255 1days step...

Page 1314: ...007 Operation Env Log PCU Bk 5 T 15 55 H 80 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1mm step 7 953 008 Operation Env Log PCU Bk 5 T 15 80 H 100 ENG 0 to 99999999 0 1mm step 7 953 009 Operation Env Log PCU Bk 15 T 25 0 H...

Page 1315: ...unter Display Pages Dev Unit Bk ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 954 025 PM Counter Display Pages PCU C ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 954 026 PM Counter Display Pages Dev Unit C ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 954 048 PM Co...

Page 1316: ...954 151 PM Counter Display Pages Friction Pad Bank 2 ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 954 152 PM Counter Display Pages Tray 3 Roller Assembly ENG 0 to 255 0 1 step 7 954 153 PM Counter Display Pages Paper Fee...

Page 1317: ...tting DaysThreshold Dev Unit Y ENG 1 to 30 15 1days step 7 958 093 PM Value Setting DaysThreshold ITB Unit ENG 1 to 30 15 1days step 7 958 102 PM Value Setting DaysThreshold ITB Cleaning Unit ENG 1 to...

Page 1318: ...days step 7 958 155 PM Value Setting DaysThreshold Tray 4 Roller Assembly ENG 1 to 30 15 1days step 7 958 156 PM Value Setting DaysThreshold Paper Feed Roller Tray 4 ENG 1 to 30 15 1days step 7 958 15...

Page 1319: ...G 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF 0x00000000 1 step 7 978 006 SC670 01 Log First Data5 ENG 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF 0x00000000 1 step 7 978 011 SC670 01 Log Latest Occurred ENG 0 to 1 0 1 step 7 978 012 SC67...

Page 1320: ...NG 0x00 to 0xFF 0x00 1 step 7 979 002 CPU Reset Log Data2 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 003 CPU Reset Log Data3 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 004 CPU Reset Log Data4 ENG 0x0000 t...

Page 1321: ...to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 011 CPU Reset Log Data11 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 012 CPU Reset Log Data12 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 013 CPU Reset Log Data13 ENG 0x0000 to...

Page 1322: ...TL Min to Max Init Step 0x0000 1 step 7 979 018 CPU Reset Log Data18 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 019 CPU Reset Log Data19 ENG 0x0000 to 0xFFFF 0x0000 1 step 7 979 020 CPU Reset Log Data20...

Page 1323: ...ce Table make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean Prefixes What it means T Total Grand Total Grand total of the items counted for all applications C F P etc C Copy application Totals pag...

Page 1324: ...t server for example Dev Counter Development Count no of pages developed Dup Duplex Duplex printing on both sides Emul Emulation FC Full Color FIN Post print processing i e finishing punching stapling...

Page 1325: ...T counter SP is switched ON PJob Print Jobs Ppr Paper PrtJam Printer plotter Jam PrtPGS Print Pages R Red Toner Remaining Applies to the wide format model A2 only This machine is under development and...

Page 1326: ...bs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 012 001 C Jobs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 013 001 F Jobs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 014 001 P Jobs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 015 001 S Jobs LS CTL 0...

Page 1327: ...36 001 L Pjob DesApl CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 037 001 O Pjob DesApl CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 041 001 T TX Jobs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 042 001 C TX Jobs LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1328: ...Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 061 005 T FIN Jobs Z Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 061 006 T FIN Jobs Punch CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 061 007 T FIN Jobs Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1329: ...to 99999999 0 1 step 8 062 007 C FIN Jobs Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 062 008 C FIN Jobs Inside Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 062 009 C FIN Jobs Three IN Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1330: ...obs Three IN Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 063 010 F FIN Jobs Three OUT Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 063 011 F FIN Jobs Four Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 063 012 F FIN Jobs KANNON Fold C...

Page 1331: ...Jobs Four Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 064 012 P FIN Jobs KANNON Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 064 013 P FIN Jobs Perfect Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 064 014 P FIN Jobs Ring Bind CTL 0...

Page 1332: ...1 step 8 065 014 S FIN Jobs Ring Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 065 015 S FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 065 016 S FIN Jobs TwinLoop Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 066 001 L F...

Page 1333: ...N Jobs TwinLoop Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 067 001 O FIN Jobs Sort CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 067 002 O FIN Jobs Stack CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 067 003 O FIN Jobs Staple CTL 0 to 99999999...

Page 1334: ...PGS 3 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 071 004 T Jobs PGS 4 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 071 005 T Jobs PGS 5 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 071 006 T Jobs PGS 6 10 Pages CTL 0 to 9999999...

Page 1335: ...L 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 072 008 C Jobs PGS 21 50 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 072 009 C Jobs PGS 51 100 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 072 010 C Jobs PGS 101 300 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0...

Page 1336: ...73 012 F Jobs PGS 501 700 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 073 013 F Jobs PGS 701 1000 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 073 014 F Jobs PGS 1001 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 074 001 P Jobs PG...

Page 1337: ...ges CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 075 003 S Jobs PGS 3 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 075 004 S Jobs PGS 4 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 075 005 S Jobs PGS 5 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1338: ...11 20 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 076 008 L Jobs PGS 21 50 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 076 009 L Jobs PGS 51 100 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 076 010 L Jobs PGS 101 300 Pages CTL...

Page 1339: ...9 0 1 step 8 077 012 O Jobs PGS 501 700 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 077 013 O Jobs PGS 701 1000 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 077 014 O Jobs PGS 1001 Pages CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 081...

Page 1340: ...CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 091 012 T Jobs Driv V3 GL GL2 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 091 013 T Jobs Driv V3 GL GL2 Generic CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 091 014 T Jobs Driv V4 GL GL2 CTL 0 to 99999...

Page 1341: ...99999999 0 1 step 8 094 004 P Jobs Driv V4 RPCS Generic CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 094 005 P Jobs Driv V4 RPCS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 094 006 P Jobs Driv V3 XPS RPCS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 ste...

Page 1342: ...094 022 P Jobs Driv V4 PCL XL UD Generic CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 094 023 P Jobs Driv XPS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 094 024 P Jobs Driv V3 PC Fax CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 094 025 P Jobs Dri...

Page 1343: ...olor CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 131 003 T S to Email Jobs ACS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 135 001 S S to Email Jobs B W CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 135 002 S S to Email Jobs Color CTL 0 to 9999999...

Page 1344: ...to 99999999 0 1 step 8 171 002 T Deliv Jobs WSD DSM Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 171 003 T Deliv Jobs WSD DSM ACS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 175 001 S Deliv Jobs WSD DSM B W CTL 0 to 99999999...

Page 1345: ...A3 DLT Larger CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 205 001 S LSize Scan PGS A3 DLT Larger CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 211 001 T Scan PGS LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 212 001 C Scan PGS LS CTL 0 to 999999...

Page 1346: ...n PGS Org GenCopy Pale CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 241 005 T Scan PGS Org Map CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 241 006 T Scan PGS Org Normal Detail CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 241 007 T Scan PGS Org Fin...

Page 1347: ...er Fine CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 243 011 F Scan PGS Org Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 245 001 S Scan PGS Org Text CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 245 002 S Scan PGS Org Text Photo CTL 0 to 99999...

Page 1348: ...999 0 1 step 8 257 001 O Scan PGS ImgEdt CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 261 001 T Scn PGS ColCr Color Conversion CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 261 002 T Scn PGS ColCr Color Erase CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 st...

Page 1349: ...9 0 1 step 8 281 001 T Scan PGS TWAIN CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 285 001 S Scan PGS TWAIN CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 291 001 T Scan PGS Stamp CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 293 001 F Scan PGS Stamp...

Page 1350: ...302 003 C Scan PGS Size A5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 302 004 C Scan PGS Size B4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 302 005 C Scan PGS Size B5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 302 006 C Scan PGS Size DLT CTL...

Page 1351: ...L 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 303 010 F Scan PGS Size Full Bleed CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 303 254 F Scan PGS Size Other Standard CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 303 255 F Scan PGS Size Other Custom CTL...

Page 1352: ...n PGS Size B4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 306 005 L Scan PGS Size B5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 306 006 L Scan PGS Size DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 306 007 L Scan PGS Size LG CTL 0 to 99999999...

Page 1353: ...z 199dpi CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 321 001 T Sacn Poster 2 Sheet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 321 002 T Sacn Poster 4 Sheet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 321 003 T Sacn Poster 9 Sheet CTL 0 to 99999...

Page 1354: ...L 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 391 001 LSize PrtPGS A3 DLT Larger CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 391 003 LSize PrtPGS BannerPaper CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 401 001 T PrtPGS LS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step...

Page 1355: ...421 011 T PrtPGS Dup Comb 16in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 421 012 T PrtPGS Dup Comb Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 421 013 T PrtPGS Dup Comb Magazine CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 421 014 T Pr...

Page 1356: ...Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 422 006 C PrtPGS Dup Comb 2in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 422 007 C PrtPGS Dup Comb 4in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 422 009 C PrtPGS Dup Comb 8...

Page 1357: ...3 012 F PrtPGS Dup Comb Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 423 013 F PrtPGS Dup Comb Magazine CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 423 014 F PrtPGS Dup Comb 2in1 Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 423 015...

Page 1358: ...tep 8 424 013 P PrtPGS Dup Comb Magazine CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 424 014 P PrtPGS Dup Comb 2in1 Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 424 015 P PrtPGS Dup Comb 4in1 Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 s...

Page 1359: ...99 0 1 step 8 425 010 S PrtPGS Dup Comb 9in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 425 011 S PrtPGS Dup Comb 16in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 425 012 S PrtPGS Dup Comb Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 42...

Page 1360: ...CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 426 011 L PrtPGS Dup Comb 16in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 426 012 L PrtPGS Dup Comb Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 426 013 L PrtPGS Dup Comb Magazine CTL 0 to 99...

Page 1361: ...99999 0 1 step 8 427 009 O PrtPGS Dup Comb 8in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 427 010 O PrtPGS Dup Comb 9in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 427 011 O PrtPGS Dup Comb 16in1 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 42...

Page 1362: ...User Stamp CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 432 001 C PrtPGS ImgEdt Cover Slip Sheet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 432 002 C PrtPGS ImgEdt Series Book CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 432 003 C PrtPGS ImgEdt...

Page 1363: ...to 99999999 0 1 step 8 441 007 T PrtPGS Ppr Size LG CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 441 008 T PrtPGS Ppr Size LT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 441 009 T PrtPGS Ppr Size HLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 4...

Page 1364: ...1 F PrtPGS Ppr Size A3 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 443 002 F PrtPGS Ppr Size A4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 443 003 F PrtPGS Ppr Size A5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 443 004 F PrtPGS Ppr Size B4 CTL...

Page 1365: ...99999999 0 1 step 8 444 008 P PrtPGS Ppr Size LT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 444 009 P PrtPGS Ppr Size HLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 444 010 P PrtPGS Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 ste...

Page 1366: ...2 L PrtPGS Ppr Size A4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 446 003 L PrtPGS Ppr Size A5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 446 004 L PrtPGS Ppr Size B4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 446 005 L PrtPGS Ppr Size B5 CTL...

Page 1367: ...0 1 step 8 447 009 O PrtPGS Ppr Size HLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 447 010 O PrtPGS Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 447 254 O PrtPGS Ppr Size Other Standard CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 s...

Page 1368: ...ay 14 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 451 016 PrtPGS Ppr Tray Tray 15 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 451 101 PrtPGS Ppr Tray LC Inserter CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 451 102 PrtPGS Ppr Tray 3rd Vendor CTL...

Page 1369: ...0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 462 008 C PrtPGS Ppr Type Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 463 001 F PrtPGS Ppr Type Normal CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 463 002 F PrtPGS Ppr Type Recycled CTL 0 to 9999999...

Page 1370: ...p 8 466 002 L PrtPGS Ppr Type Recycled CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 466 003 L PrtPGS Ppr Type Special CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 466 004 L PrtPGS Ppr Type Thick CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 466 005...

Page 1371: ...GS Col Mode Single Color Banner CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 491 053 T PrtPGS Col Mode Two Color Banner CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 491 054 T PrtPGS Col Mode Full Color Banner CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 s...

Page 1372: ...Color Banner CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 496 001 L PrtPGS Col Mode B W CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 496 002 L PrtPGS Col Mode Single Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 496 003 L PrtPGS Col Mode Two...

Page 1373: ...tep 8 501 003 T PrtPGS Col Mode Full Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 501 004 T PrtPGS Col Mode Single Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 501 005 T PrtPGS Col Mode Two Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 st...

Page 1374: ...olor CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 504 004 P PrtPGS Col Mode Single Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 504 005 P PrtPGS Col Mode Two Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 504 051 P PrtPGS Col Mode B W Ban...

Page 1375: ...S Col Mode Full Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 507 004 O PrtPGS Col Mode Single Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 507 005 O PrtPGS Col Mode Two Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 507 051 O PrtPGS...

Page 1376: ...Emul BM Links CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 511 014 T PrtPGS Emul Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 511 015 T PrtPGS Emul IPDS CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 511 016 T PrtPGS Emul XPS CTL 0 to 99999999...

Page 1377: ...to 99999999 0 1 step 8 514 009 P PrtPGS Emul PDF CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 514 010 P PrtPGS Emul PCL5e 5c CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 514 011 P PrtPGS Emul PCL XL CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 514...

Page 1378: ...IN Booklet CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 521 005 T PrtPGS FIN Z Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 521 006 T PrtPGS FIN Punch CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 521 007 T PrtPGS FIN Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0...

Page 1379: ...9999999 0 1 step 8 522 007 C PrtPGS FIN Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 522 008 C PrtPGS FIN Inside Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 522 009 C PrtPGS FIN Three IN Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1380: ...Three IN Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 523 010 F PrtPGS FIN Three OUT Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 523 011 F PrtPGS FIN Four Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 523 012 F PrtPGS FIN KANNON Fold...

Page 1381: ...Four Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 524 012 P PrtPGS FIN KANNON Fold CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 524 013 P PrtPGS FIN Perfect Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 524 014 P PrtPGS FIN Ring Bind CTL 0...

Page 1382: ...p 8 525 014 S PrtPGS FIN Ring Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 525 015 S PrtPGS FIN 3rd Vendor CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 525 016 S PrtPGS FIN TwinLoop Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 526 001 L P...

Page 1383: ...0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 531 001 Staple Staples CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 531 002 Staple Stapless CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 551 001 T PrtBooks FIN Perfect Bind CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 551 0...

Page 1384: ...step 8 562 002 C A Sheet Of Paper Total Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 562 003 C A Sheet Of Paper Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 562 004 C A Sheet Of Paper Duplex Under A3...

Page 1385: ...9999 0 1 step 8 567 003 O A Sheet Of Paper Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 567 004 O A Sheet Of Paper Duplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 3 10 3 SP8 XXX DATA LOG2 2 SP No La...

Page 1386: ...r GPC CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 581 017 T Counter Twin Color Mode Print CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 581 018 T Counter Full Color Print Twin CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 581 019 T Counter Mono Colo...

Page 1387: ...0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 582 016 C Counter Single Color Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 582 017 C Counter Single Color Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 582 018 C Count...

Page 1388: ...Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 583 016 F Counter Single Color Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 583 017 F Counter Single Color Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1389: ...Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 584 021 P Counter Two Color Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 584 022 P Counter Two Color Duplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step...

Page 1390: ...1 step 8 586 018 L Counter Single Color Duplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 586 019 L Counter Two Color Simplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 586 020 L Counter Two Color Simple...

Page 1391: ...A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 587 020 O Counter Two Color Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 587 021 O Counter Two Color Duplex Over A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 587 022 O...

Page 1392: ...Counter Coverage Counter 2 YMC CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 601 033 Coverage Counter Coverage Counter 3 YMC CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 602 001 C Coverage Counter B W CTL 0 to 2147483647 0 1 step 8 6...

Page 1393: ...SDK 3 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 617 004 SDK Apli Counter SDK 4 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 617 005 SDK Apli Counter SDK 5 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 617 006 SDK Apli Counter SDK 6 CTL 0 to 99999...

Page 1394: ...n 010 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 011 Func Use Counter Function 011 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 012 Func Use Counter Function 012 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 013 Func Use Counter Functi...

Page 1395: ...99 0 1 step 8 621 029 Func Use Counter Function 029 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 030 Func Use Counter Function 030 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 031 Func Use Counter Function 031 CTL 0 to 99999...

Page 1396: ...n 047 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 048 Func Use Counter Function 048 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 049 Func Use Counter Function 049 CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 621 050 Func Use Counter Functi...

Page 1397: ...8 631 001 T FAX TX PGS B W Tel CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 631 002 T FAX TX PGS Color Tel CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 631 101 T FAX TX PGS B W Cloud CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 631 102 T FAX TX PGS...

Page 1398: ...L 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 665 002 S Deliv PGS Svr Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 671 001 T Deliv PGS PC B W CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 671 002 T Deliv PGS PC Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8...

Page 1399: ...tep 8 711 002 T Scan PGS Comp TIFF Multi Single CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 711 003 T Scan PGS Comp PDF CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 711 004 T Scan PGS Comp Other CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 711 005...

Page 1400: ...721 002 T Deliv PGS WSD DSM Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 725 001 S Deliv PGS WSD DSM B W CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 725 002 S Deliv PGS WSD DSM Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 731 001 T Sc...

Page 1401: ...2 Toner_Botol_Info Y CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 781 003 Toner_Botol_Info M CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 781 004 Toner_Botol_Info C CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 791 001 LS Memory Remain CTL 0 to 100...

Page 1402: ...CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 811 053 Eco Counter Sync Full Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 811 054 Eco Counter Sync Duplex CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 811 055 Eco Counter Sync Combine CTL 0 to 999...

Page 1403: ...ep 8 811 151 Eco Counter Sync Eco Totalr Last CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 811 152 Eco Counter Sync Color Last CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 811 153 Eco Counter Sync Full Color Last CTL 0 to 99999999 0...

Page 1404: ...p 8 851 031 Cvr Cnt 0 10 5 7 BK CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 851 032 Cvr Cnt 0 10 5 7 Y CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 851 033 Cvr Cnt 0 10 5 7 M CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 851 034 Cvr Cnt 0 10 5 7 C...

Page 1405: ...L 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 881 004 Cvr Cnt 31 C CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 891 001 Page Toner Bottle BK CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 891 002 Page Toner Bottle Y CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 891 003...

Page 1406: ...age P Y CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 921 013 Cvr Cnt Total Coverage P M CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 921 014 Cvr Cnt Total Coverage P C CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 941 001 Machine Status Operation Ti...

Page 1407: ...Program CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 8 951 010 AddBook Register Scanner Program CTL 0 to 255 0 1 step 8 961 001 Electricity Status Ctrl Standby Time CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 961 002 Electricity Status ST...

Page 1408: ...999 0 1 step 8 999 004 Admin Counter List Copy Single Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 005 Admin Counter List Copy Two Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 006 Admin Counter List Printer Full...

Page 1409: ...83647 0 1 step 8 999 101 Admin Counter List Transmission Total Color CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 102 Admin Counter List Transmission Total BW CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 103 Admin Counter Li...

Page 1410: ...List Copy Single Color Duplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 144 Admin Counter List Copy Two Color Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 146 Admin Counter List Copy Two...

Page 1411: ...Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 174 Admin Counter List Fax BW Duplex Under A3 DLT CTL 0 to 99999999 0 1 step 8 999 176 Admin Counter List Fax One Color Simplex Under A3 DLT CTL...

Page 1412: ...5pt 10pt When a PS job is printed on a custom paper size the job might not print because of a paper size mismatch caused by a calculation error This BitSw can set the allowable margin of error value...

Page 1413: ...olor balance to match 09A and extended 09A model devices Note If both BitSw 2 0 and BitSw 2 4 are configured to 1 the configuration of 2 0 will be given priority and the color balance of 09S and earli...

Page 1414: ...ies with Paper Mismatch Print Single Copy Print All Copies If a paper size or type mismatch occurs during the printing of multiple copies only a single copy is output by default Using this bit switch...

Page 1415: ...S PS PDF 09A and earlier models Operation under current model specification is not supported Operation with older specification is recommended 15S and later models Operation under current model specif...

Page 1416: ...is PJL RENDERMODE GRAYSCALE in a job Note This is available for PCL RPCS PS bit 7 PDF Orientation Auto Detect Function Enabled Disabled Automatically chooses page orientations of PDF jobs Landscape or...

Page 1417: ...ed printing This causes the page counter to be incremented at the end of each job bit 5 UTF 8 Mode Enabled Disabled Enabled 0 Text composed of UTF 8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel...

Page 1418: ...his setting will prevent the next user from printing the unnecessary pages from the previous user s print job 1001 Bit Switch 011 Bit Switch B 0 1 bit 0 Show Menu List Hide Menu List Show Menu List If...

Page 1419: ...o Paper Select to Override Paper Size or Paper Type of the Device Disabled Enabled If this BitSw is enabled the Apply Auto Paper Select setting will decide if the paper size or paper type that is spec...

Page 1420: ...rom 0 default to 1 bit 7 AirPrint PDF Enabled Disabled 1001 Bit Switch 013 Bit Switch 2 1 0 1 bit 0 Paper Size Mismatch Display Enabled Disabled Display warning screen 40909 of paper size mismatch bit...

Page 1421: ...bled PDF speeding printing operation bit 1 to 7 DFU 1001 Bit Switch 017 Bit Switch 2 6 0 1 bit 0 to 7 DFU 1001 Bit Switch 018 Bit Switch 2 7 0 1 bit 0 to 7 DFU 1001 Bit Switch 019 Bit Switch 2 8 0 1 b...

Page 1422: ...ing b the previous setting or c the current setting 001 Factory CTL Execute 002 Previous CTL 003 Current CTL 004 ACC CTL 1102 Resolution Settings Sets the printing mode resolution for the printer gamm...

Page 1423: ...genta IDmax CTL 1104 064 Yellow IDmax CTL 1105 Save Tone Cntrol Value Saves the print gamma adjusted with the Gamma Adj as the new Current Setting Before the machine stores the new current settingR it...

Page 1424: ...the machine code string 7 910 xxx 150 RPCS 151 PS 152 RPDL 153 R98 154 R16 155 RPGL 156 R55 157 RTIFF 158 PCL 159 PCLXL 160 MSIS 161 MSIS OPT 162 PDF 163 BMLinkS 164 PICTBRIDGE 165 PJL 166 IPDS 167 Me...

Page 1425: ...S 152 RPDL 153 R98 154 R16 155 RPGL 156 R55 157 RTIFF 158 PCL 159 PCLXL 160 MSIS 161 MSIS OPT 162 PDF 163 BMLinkS 164 PICTBRIDGE 165 PJL 166 IPDS 167 MediaPrint JPEG 168 MediaPrint TIFF 169 XPS 180 FO...

Page 1426: ...1 mm step Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image If the machine has scanned the edge of the original create a margin This SP is activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning...

Page 1427: ...040 001 0 OFF 1 ON CTL 0 or 1 1 1 step NA 0 or 1 0 1 step Other Enables or disables mixing LT LG size documents for scanner 0 Disable 1 Enable Default For North America 1 Others 0 1041 Scan FlairAPI S...

Page 1428: ...on bit 4 Reserved bit 5 Reserved bit 6 Reserved bit 7 Reserved 1042 Scan To Email Sender Address 1 042 001 0 Pursuant to the language setting Default 1 MM DD YYYY 2 DD MM YYYY 3 YYYY MM DD CTL 0 to 3...

Page 1429: ...l JPEG2000 CTL 5 to 95 25 1 step 2 025 002 Compression Ratio High JPEG2000 CTL 5 to 95 15 1 step 2030 OCR PDF DetectSens 2 030 001 White Lumi Value 0 255 CTL 0 to 255 250 1 step 2 030 002 White Pix Ra...

Page 1430: ...3 001 CTL 0 to 1 0 1 Specify the compression ratio of scanned image data when using clear light PDF 0 JPEG The value in SP2 025 02 is applied 0 JPEG2000 The value in SP2 025 01 is applied 3 053 002 CT...

Page 1431: ...es not come with this optional unit 3 071 004 BlankDetect Ocr CTL 0 to 4294967295 0 1 Counts the number of jobs to which the blank paper elimination function with OCR is applied 3 071 005 BlankDetect...

Page 1432: ...es a job is executed using Simple Scanner 3 072 004 MediaScan CTL 0 to 4294967295 0 1 Counts the number of times a job is executed using the Media Scanner function 3 072 005 OtherScan CTL 0 to 4294967...

Page 1433: ...detected Paper not detected 6 ADF top cover sensor S23 Feed Cover Sensor 6 011 015 Close Open 7 Original set sensor S22 Original Detection 6 011 009 Not set Set 8 Double feed sensor PCB14 PCB15 Page...

Page 1434: ...Input and Output Check D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 3 442 SM Appendices IM C400series Input Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Reading 0 1 2 Scanner HP Scanner HP Sensor 5 803 200 Not HP HP...

Page 1435: ...5 803 094 Output check No Part Name SP Name SP No Remark 1 Scanner lamp Scanner Lamp 5 804 202 Scanner Lamp Color 1200 5 804 203 Not available Scanner Lamp Bk 5 804 204 Not available 3 Polygon mirror...

Page 1436: ...1 Jogger HP Sensor 6 145 003 Paper not detected Paper detected 4 Shift roller HP sensor S37 Shift Roller HP SN 6 145 004 Paper not detected Paper detected 5 Gathering roller HP sensor S38 Positioning...

Page 1437: ...pen 1 These SPs are not used in this machine OUTPUT Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Remarks 14 Paper transport motor M16 Transport Motor 6 146 001 15 Paper exit motor M17 Paper Ext Motor 6 146 002 16...

Page 1438: ...Input and Output Check D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 3 446 SM Appendices IM C400 series Input Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Reading 0 1 6 Tray set sensor S34 Tray Set Detection 5 803 054 Set Not set...

Page 1439: ...Lift Position Sensor 5 803 010 Down Up 12 Tray paper end sensor main unit S30 Tray Paper End Detection Sensor 5 803 002 Paper detected Paper not detected 13 Tray lift sensor S35 Tray Lift Sensor 5 80...

Page 1440: ...Input and Output Check D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB 3 448 SM Appendices 1 IM C400series only 3 13 5 PAPER EXIT DUPLEX WASTE TONER BOTTLE IM C300series IM C400series Input Check...

Page 1441: ...er not detected 7 Duplex exit sensor S2 Duplex Exit Sensor 5 803 006 Paper detected Paper not detected 8 Waste toner full sensor S36 Toner Collection Full Sensor 5 803 019 Not full Full 10 Waste toner...

Page 1442: ...8 Fusing Exit Sensor 5 803 027 Paper detected Paper not detected 2 Fusing entrance sensor S3 Fusing Entrance Sensor 5 803 026 Paper detected Paper not detected Set and Destination Detection 5 803 028...

Page 1443: ...Input and Output Check SM Appendices 3 451 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Appendices SP Mode Tables IM C400series Input Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Reading...

Page 1444: ...e above mentioned operations following failures may occur The toner supply unit and PCDU are damaged and units replacing is required Toner can scatter inside and outside the machine from the supply un...

Page 1445: ...5 804 073 11 ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid SOL2 TM Sensor Shutter Solenoid 5 804 021 After the motor is turned ON with this SP it is turned OFF automatically in about 30 seconds If you repeat turning OF...

Page 1446: ...IM C400series Input Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Reading 0 1 1 Fusing motor M13 Fusing Motor Lock 5 803 041 Lock Normal 2 Paper transport motor M12 Transport Motor Lock 5 803 042 Lock Normal 3 De...

Page 1447: ...it Execute A simple heater control is performed in these SPs and temperature rises excessively It can cause the fusing sleeve damaged Fusing Motor Low Speed 5 804 030 Fusing Motor Standard Speed 2 5 8...

Page 1448: ...the motor with these SPs make sure to separate the color drums and ITB Before the restoration operation of the machine after abnormal stop for example JAM if the drum motor K M11 is turned ON with th...

Page 1449: ...utput Check SM Appendices 3 457 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Appendices SP Mode Tables IM C400series Input Check No Part Name SP Name SP No Reading 0 1 1 Fusing unit cooling fan FAN1 Fusing Fan Lock 5 803 032...

Page 1450: ...iCU Version Detection 5 803 056 Key Counter 1 Set Detection 5 803 047 Set Not set Key Counter 2 Set Detection 5 803 048 Not set Set Keycard Set Detection 5 803 049 Set Not set 1 IM C400SRF only Output...

Page 1451: ...t Y 5 804 048 PP Development M 5 804 049 PP Development C 5 804 050 PP Development Bk 5 804 051 PP Image Transfer YMC 5 804 053 Do not turn ON these SPs with the PCDU installed If you turn ON with the...

Page 1452: ...1 S1 PFU Vertical Transport Sen 1 5 803 060 Paper not detected Paper detected Paper transport sensor 2 S1 PFU Vertical Transport Sen 2 5 803 061 Paper not detected Paper detected Paper transport senso...

Page 1453: ...otor 3 High 5 804 115 Tray 3 PFU Transport Motor 3 Low 5 804 116 Tray 3 5 PFU paper feed clutch 1 CL2 PFU Paper Feed CL1 5 804 084 Tray 1 PFU paper feed clutch 2 CL2 PFU Paper Feed CL2 5 804 085 Tray...

Page 1454: ......

Page 1455: ...APPENDICES SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION...

Page 1456: ......

Page 1457: ...ENDICES SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION 4 1 MANAGEMENT FEATURES 4 1 1 HOW TO DISABLE THE DOCUMENT SERVER FUNCTION 1 Enter Copy SP mode 2 Change SP5 967 001 to 1 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Reboot the machine When the above S...

Page 1458: ...having the same serial number Level 2 If SP5 844 005 is set to Level 2 a common serial number for all GW GW models is sent to the computer As a result if a GW GW device is swapped out for a different...

Page 1459: ...PCL trigger is detected the PS interpreter will abort processing and return the unprocessed part of the job back to the printer system The entire page regardless of the number of bytes is searched fo...

Page 1460: ...e beginning of the job performed by the printer system 2 PDL switching from PCL5 to PS performed by the PCL interpreter and the printer system 3 PDL switching from PS to PCL5 performed by the PS inter...

Page 1461: ...s Up to 256 bytes from the start of each page can be searched for triggers Some possible problems Garbled output If a string of characters or binary data is mistaken as a trigger and an incorrect PDL...

Page 1462: ...2KB of the job has been sent The Printer system portion of the Auto PDL Detection function is only performed on the first 2KB of a job and can wait up to 10 seconds for that first 2KB to arrive As th...

Page 1463: ...on Auto Detect for PS PDF jobs might cause unexpected results 4 2 4 PJL USTATUS Printer Bit Switch description Bit Switch 9 4 These control the way PJL USTATUS returns page count totals in cases where...

Page 1464: ...consider 3 copies of a 3 page job 9 4 0 PJL USTATUS JOB START NAME TEST_page1 3 PJL USTATUS PAGE 1 PJL USTATUS PAGE 2 PJL USTATUS PAGE 3 PJL USTATUS JOB END NAME TEST_page1 3 PAGES 3 comment The page...

Page 1465: ...ation 1 PJL USTATUS PAGE 2 PJL USTATUS PAGE 3 PJL USTATUS PAGE 4 PJL USTATUS PAGE 5 PJL USTATUS PAGE 6 PJL USTATUS PAGE 7 PJL USTATUS PAGE 8 PJL USTATUS PAGE 9 PJL USTATUS JOB END NAME Microsoft Word...

Page 1466: ...tication is enabled the most recently used scan destination will only be retained until the user logs out Scanner Auto Reset timer Even if SP 1 012 001 0 the most recently used scan destination can st...

Page 1467: ...ansmission procedure and the Transmission has failed message will be returned to the sender Typical example NG case SP5 860 022 is Off 1 The MAIL FROM field device 2 The mail header From field use 3 T...

Page 1468: ...er A Manual entry Either enabled or disabled The user s account B Destination list disabled The recipient s account as configured in the Address Book s Folder Authentication setting C enabled If SP 5...

Page 1469: ...Scanner Features SM Appendices 4 13 D0CA D0C9 D0C8 D0CB Appendices Software Configuration...

Page 1470: ...bles the following WIM settings The entire Document Server menu shown in blue in fig1 Job Document Server shown in red in fig1 See the following for details Bit 0 Bit 0 0 default Allows anyone guests...

Page 1471: ...System SP5 967 001 Access to the entire Job menu can be restricted using SP 5 888 001 For details refer to Use of SP 5 888 001 to restrict access to the Job menu on WIM 4 4 3 USER AUTHENTICATION FOR...

Page 1472: ...Latest Release Nov 2019 Initial Release Nov 2019 Copyright c 2019 Ricoh Co Ltd Rev 10 14 2020 FAX Option Type M41 D0CK SERVICE MANUAL Ver 1 0...

Page 1473: ......

Page 1474: ...those symbols and abbreviations are as follows Symbol What it means Clip ring Screw Connector Clamp E ring Flat Flexible Cable Timing Belt SEF Short Edge Feed LEF Long Edge Feed K Black C Cyan M Magen...

Page 1475: ......

Page 1476: ...ROR CODES 38 3 2 1 ERROR CODE 01 38 3 2 2 ERROR CODE 02 38 3 2 3 ERROR CODE 03 38 3 2 4 ERROR CODE 04 39 3 2 5 ERROR CODE 05 39 3 2 6 ERROR CODE 06 39 3 2 7 ERROR CODE 07 39 3 2 8 ERROR CODE 08 39 3 2...

Page 1477: ...84 4 6 1 G3 SWITCHES 84 4 7 BIT SWITCHES 5 92 4 7 1 IP FAX SWITCHES 92 4 8 NCU PARAMETERS 99 4 9 SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES 102 4 10 DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS 113 4 10 1PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE 113 4...

Page 1478: ...ty 1 FCU PCB2 1 2 Speaker Bracket 1 3 Ferrite Core 1 EMC Address Decal EU only 1 Serial Number Decal 1 1 1 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Before doing this procedure print out all data in the printer buffer...

Page 1479: ...Fax Option Type M41 D0CK02 D0CK 4 SM 1 Remove the rear cover A 2 Remove the left upper cover A x 1 3 Remove the paper feed tray and then open the front cover 4 Remove the left cover A...

Page 1480: ...02 SM 5 D0CK 5 Remove the controller cover A with the HDD B 6 Attach the speaker bracket B while sliding the tabs into the cutouts A in the controller box hook x 2 7 Switch the FCU battery jumper swit...

Page 1481: ...unit will fail 8 Slide the FCU PCB2 B into the slot along the guide rails A 9 Attach the controller cover with the HDD removed in step 5 10 Connect the harness to the FCU PCB2 A 11 Open the line and...

Page 1482: ...op as shown in the illustration at a point 3 cm 1 2 inches A from the end of the modular cable on the connection side of the machine and attach the ferrite core to the loop 15 Connect the modular cabl...

Page 1483: ...ormatted due to a problem with SRAM turn the machine off and on again to clear the message 18 Set date and time Settings icon System settings Date Time Timer 19 Do SP3 102 000 in the fax SP mode and e...

Page 1484: ...Code Authentication Disable the User Code Authentication on the Remote machine Use this function to check the contents of a file that is stored in memory and not yet sent Also use this function to can...

Page 1485: ...the SD card Fax Connection Unit Type M41 SD slot 2 lower with its label face towards the front of the machine Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 lower until you hear a click 2 Plug in and then turn O...

Page 1486: ...chine Others Register Change Delete Remote Machine 4 Press Not Registered and then press Register Change 5 Enter the IP address or hostname of the sub machine in IP Address Host Name and press Connect...

Page 1487: ...Test 6 Press OK 7 Press Home after specifying the settings Configuring the Remote Reception Settings Do the following procedure to enable the Client side Machine s to receive faxes via the Remote Mach...

Page 1488: ...ing condition for the text string Full Agreement The machine applies the reception function settings of the Special Sender when the information received from the sender matches the registered informat...

Page 1489: ...on the Settings screen 3 Press Reception Settings Remote Reception Setting per Line to display the screen for selecting the receiving line 4 Select the receiving line to forward received faxes to a su...

Page 1490: ...he following procedure to back up the SRAM data The following data can be transferred TTI RTI CSI Fax bit switch settings RAM address settings NCU parameter settings 2 1 1 SRAM DATA TRANSFER PROCEDURE...

Page 1491: ...FCU PCB2 D0CK 16 SM 4 Remove the left cover A 5 Remove the controller cover A with the HDD B 6 Remove the FCU PCB2 A...

Page 1492: ...correct position registering the fax unit will fail 8 Attach the new FCU PCB2 board A 9 Connect one end of the FFC to CN603 of the new fax unit A This FFC is provided with the new FCU PCB2 board When...

Page 1493: ...ver to release the lock and then push the lever to lock Make sure that the blue tapes of the FFC face left and it is not slanted 12 Turn ON the main power 13 SRAM data transmission starts When the tra...

Page 1494: ...OFF the main power and then disconnect the FFC from the old FCU PCB2 board 15 Disconnect the FFC from the new FCU PCB2 board 16 Reassemble the machine 17 Turn ON the main power Execute SP6 101 to prin...

Page 1495: ...ly The other party is out of paper or has a jammed printer The other party pressed Stop during communication 0 03 Incompatible modem at the other end The other terminal is incompatible 0 04 CFR or FTT...

Page 1496: ...r end user may have disconnected the call Check for a bad line The other end may be defective try sending to another machine 0 08 The other end sent RTN or PIN after receiving a page because there wer...

Page 1497: ...calling another machine If the RX signal level is too low there may be a line problem Cross reference See error code 0 08 0 17 Communication was interrupted by pressing the stop key If the Stop key wa...

Page 1498: ...tive remote terminal Check for line noise or other line problems Try asking the other end to adjust their TX level Try adjusting the RX cable equalizer setting and or RX error criteria Cross reference...

Page 1499: ...ck to T 30 mode because it could not detect a CM in response to ANSam ANSam timeout The terminal could not detect ANSam Check the line connection and condition Try receiving a call from another V 8 V...

Page 1500: ...frequent replace the FCU PCB2 0 85 The line was disconnected due to abnormal signaling in V 34 control channel restart The signal did not stop within 10 s Turn off the machine then turn it back on If...

Page 1501: ...s is frequent update the ROM or replace the FCU PCB2 2 51 The machine resets itself because of a fatal communication error If this is frequent update the ROM or replace the FCU PCB2 2 53 Snd msg in th...

Page 1502: ...minal Replace the FCU PCB2 Try adjusting the RX cable equalizer Cross reference RX cable equalizer G3 Switch 07 PSTN 6 06 G3 ECM coding decoding error Defective FCU PCB2 The other terminal may be defe...

Page 1503: ...ork I F setting error IPV4 is not active in the active protocol setting IP address of the device is not registered 13 26 Network I F setting error at power on Active protocol setting does not match th...

Page 1504: ...assword settings are correct Direct SMTP destination incorrect Contact the system administrator to determine if there is a problem at the destination at that the settings at the destination are correc...

Page 1505: ...er setting incorrect Direct SMTP sending not operating correctly Software application error 14 09 Authorization Failed for Sending to SMTP Server POP Before SMTP or SMTP authorization failed Incorrect...

Page 1506: ...ME Register the correct user certificate and device certificate 14 30 MCS File Creation Failed Failed to create the MCS file because The number of files created with other applications on the Document...

Page 1507: ...tion Mail Send Failed for All Destinations All addresses for return notification mail failed 14 62 Transmission Error due to the existence of zero line page When the 0 line page exists in received pag...

Page 1508: ...ered in the machine 15 02 POP3 IMAP4 Mail Account Information Not Registered The POP3 IMAP4 mail account has not been registered 15 03 Mail Address Not Registered The mail address has not been registe...

Page 1509: ...Destination Error The transmission cannot be delivered to the final destination Destination file format is incorrect Could not create the destination for the file transmission 15 41 SMTP Receive Erro...

Page 1510: ...age ID line in the header of the Return Receipt or there is a problem with the firmware 15 80 Mail Job Task Read Error Could not receive the transmission because the destination buffer is full and the...

Page 1511: ...vide the original into more than one page Check the resolution used for scanning Lower the scan resolution if possible Add optional page memory 22 01 Memory overflow while receiving Wait for the files...

Page 1512: ...a received fax file 22 20 Job Log registration failed Replace the Controler board 23 00 Data read timeout during construction Restart the machine Replace the FCU PCB2 25 00 The machine software reset...

Page 1513: ...ait until the connection has finished 3 2 2 ERROR CODE 02 Error Code Suggested Cause Action 02 5 Wrong IP address hostname is used The machine at destination power off LAN cable is disconnected Networ...

Page 1514: ...ax connection 3 2 6 ERROR CODE 06 Error Code Suggested Cause Action 06 Timeout error on the node authentication Adjust the value of SP5 741 001 to prolong the timeout for node authentication 3 2 7 ERR...

Page 1515: ...rong Remote Machine registered in the Client side Machine Check what Remote Machine registered in the Client side Machine 3 2 9 ERROR CODE 09 Error Code Suggested Cause Action 09 Capacity of the HDD o...

Page 1516: ...twork 2 Check that PC can connect with the machine Use the ping command on the PC to contact the machine At the MS DOS prompt type ping then the IP address of the machine then press Enter 3 LAN settin...

Page 1517: ...lient devices which have an account in the server can send receive e mail Ask the administrator to check Send a test e mail with the machine s own number as the destination The machine receives the re...

Page 1518: ...server registered when host name specified Contact the network administrator 9 Remote fax a T 38 terminal Check whether the remote fax is a T38 terminal 10 Remote fax switched off or busy Check that t...

Page 1519: ...er Check Point Action 1 LAN cable connected Check the LAN cable connection 2 Number of specified Alias fax correct Confirm the Alias of the remote fax Error Code 13 14 3 Firewall NAT installed Cannot...

Page 1520: ...registered Register the IP address 4 Port number specified at remote sender fax if required Request the sender to specify the port number 5 Specified port number correct if required Request the sende...

Page 1521: ...ck Point Action 1 LAN cable connected Check the LAN cable connection 2 Firewall NAT is installed Cannot breach the firewall Request the remote fax to send by using another method Fax Internet Fax 3 Ga...

Page 1522: ...ber registered Register the Alias number 10 Network bandwidth too narrow Request the system administrator to increase the bandwidth Lower the start modem reception baud rate on the receiving side IPFA...

Page 1523: ...memory press the operation power switch to switch the power off wait for the power LED to go off and then switch the main power switch SW1 OFF The main power LED lights or flashes while the ADF is op...

Page 1524: ...ch 001 032 00 1F Change the bit switches for communication settings for the fax option See Bit Switches 3 105 G3 1 Switch 001 016 00 0F Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of the standar...

Page 1525: ...Lock Disabled Not used 107 IPFAX Port Settings 001 H323 Port Sets the H323 port number 002 SIP Port Sets the SIP port number 003 RAS Port Sets the RAS port number 004 Gatekeeper port Sets the Gatekeep...

Page 1526: ...rameter switches the security settings are initialized 4 2 6 SP6 XXX REPORT 6 Mode No Function 101 System Parameter List 000 Touch the ON button to print the system parameter list 102 Service Monitor...

Page 1527: ...CCU 011 Fax Job 012 CCU 013 Scanner Condition 108 IP Protocol Dump List 001 All Communications Prints the protocol dump list of all communications for the IP fax line 002 1 Communication Prints the pr...

Page 1528: ...ers This setting is automatically reset to 0 after turning off and on 1 Not used Do not change this setting 2 Technical data printout on the Journal 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 1 Instead of the personal name...

Page 1529: ...it cancels the CSI display for the user Be sure to reset this bit to 0 after testing 6 Protocol dump list output after each communication 0 Off 1 On This is only used for communication troubleshootin...

Page 1530: ...ch 01 Not used Do not change the factory settings System Switch 02 SP No 1 101 003 No Function Comments 0 1 Not used Do not change these settings 2 Forced reset after transmission stalls 0 Off 1 On Wi...

Page 1531: ...Addition of image data from confidential transmissions on the transmission result report 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If this feature is enabled the top half of the first page of confidential messages will be...

Page 1532: ...e ten key pad when the external telephone is off hook 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 Prevents dialing from the ten key pad while the external telephone is off hook Use this setting when the external telephone...

Page 1533: ...operation Note that manual tx and rx are not possible with this setting 4 7 Not used Do not change these settings System Switch 0F SP No 1 101 016 No Function Comments 0 to 7 Country area code for fu...

Page 1534: ...sent data is printed on two sheets of paper 1 2 Not used Do not change these settings 3 TTI used for broadcasting 0 The TTIs selected for each Quick Speed dial are used 1 The same TTI is used for all...

Page 1535: ...reventing the machine from entering Energy Saver mode if there is a pending transmission file If there is a file waiting for transmission the machine does not go to Energy Saver mode during the select...

Page 1536: ...be selected in addition to the Text Text Photo and Photo modes This setting can be used for the client machine which has no FCU System Switch 1A SP No 1 101 027 No Function Comments 0 to 7 LS RX memor...

Page 1537: ...l during scanning for a memory transmission the file is erased and no pages are transmitted This setting is effective only when Automatic Journal printout is enabled but the machine cannot print the r...

Page 1538: ...these cases Memory tx Memory storage report Parallel memory tx Transmission result report 2 Not used Do not change the settings 3 Received fax print start timing G3 reception 0 After receiving each pa...

Page 1539: ...f both Bit 2 and Bit 1 are set to 1 then the maximum size is A3 Bit 2 When mail is sent there is no negotiation with the receiving machine at the destination so the sending machine cannot make a selec...

Page 1540: ...are sent in inches Images scanned in mm are converted to inches Images received in inches are transmitted in inches Images received in mm are converted to inches I fax Switch 02 SP No 1 102 003 No Fun...

Page 1541: ...a Return Receipt sent from an IFAX with this switch set to 00 for dispatched received by Microsoft Outlook 2000 may cause an error If any setting other than displayed 01 causes a problem change the se...

Page 1542: ...laced by the mail post database subject in the following three cases 1 When the service technician sets the service software switch 2 When memory sending or delivery specified by F code is applied by...

Page 1543: ...d later for transmission to more than one location and also holds incoming messages if they cannot be printed When the amount of SAF memory available falls below this setting mail can no longer be rec...

Page 1544: ...not change the settings I fax Switch 0E Not used do not change the settings I fax Switch 0F SP No 1 102 016 No Function Comments 0 Delivery Method for SMTP RX Files This setting determines whether fil...

Page 1545: ...ff 1 On 1 Default 10 mm of the trailing edge of the previous page are repeated at the top of the next page 0 The next page continues from where the previous page stopped without any repeated text 2 Pr...

Page 1546: ...omments 0 Length reduction of received data 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 Incoming pages are printed without length reduction Page separation threshold Printer Switch 03 bits 4 to 7 1 Incoming page length is...

Page 1547: ...h Paper length 0 75 x N x 5mm 5 6 Length of the duplicated image on the next page when page separation has taken place Bit 6 Bit 5 Setting 0 0 4 mm 0 1 10 mm 1 0 15 mm 1 1 Not used 7 Not used Do not c...

Page 1548: ...hange the settings Printer Switch 0B Not used do not change the settings Printer Switch 0C Not used do not change the settings Printer Switch 0E SP No 1 103 015 No Function Comments 0 Paper size selec...

Page 1549: ...when page separation has taken place Other pages are printed without reduction This setting can be used for the client side machine which has no FCU Printer Switch 0F SP No 1 103 016 No Function Comme...

Page 1550: ...e compression capabilities to be declared in phase B handshaking of the T 30 protocol Bit 1 Bit 0 Modes 0 0 MH only 0 1 MH MR 1 0 MH MR MMR 1 1 MH MR MMR JBIG 2 3 Compression modes available in transm...

Page 1551: ...e if the last 8 digits of the received CSI do not match the last 8 digits of the dialed telephone number This does not work when manually dialed 1 0 The same as above except that only the last 4 digit...

Page 1552: ...Bit Switches 3 SM 77 D0CK...

Page 1553: ...m memory without printing 1 Printed 0 Pages received with errors are not printed 3 Hang up decision when a negative code RTN or PIN is received during G3 immediate transmission 0 No hang up 1 Hang up...

Page 1554: ...e 4 7 Not used Do not change the settings Communication Switch 06 Not used do not change the settings Communication Switch 07 Not used do not change the settings Communication Switch 08 Not used do no...

Page 1555: ...Comments 0 7 The available memory threshold below which ringing detection and therefore reception into memory is disabled 00 to FF Hex unit 4 kbytes e g 06 H 24 kbytes One page is about 24 kbytes The...

Page 1556: ...t conversion In memory transmission data stored in the SAF memory in mm format are transmitted without conversion Note When storing the scanned data into SAF memory the fax unit always converts the da...

Page 1557: ...PSTN dial in line and transfers received data from each PSTN dial in number to each address 6 Not used Do not change the settings 7 Action when there is no box with an F code that matches the receive...

Page 1558: ...it 3 to 1 Communication Switch 1C SP No 1 104 029 No Function Comments 0 1 Extension access code 8 and 9 to turn V 8 protocol On Off 0 On 1 Off Refer to communication switch 1B Example If 8 is the PST...

Page 1559: ...d for testing The monitor speaker is on all through the communication Make sure that you reset these bits after testing Bit 1 Bit 0 Setting 0 0 Disabled 0 1 Up to Phase B 1 0 All the time 1 1 Not used...

Page 1560: ...Disabled 1 Enabled Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile Manual for details about Short Preamble G3 Switch 03 SP No 1 105 004 No Function Comments 0 DIS detection number Echo countermeasure 0 1...

Page 1561: ...he phone line applied to PSTN G3 ringing Do not change this setting 0 No detection 1 Detection Japan and Korea only G3 Switch 04 SP No 1 105 005 No Function Comments 0 3 Training error detection thres...

Page 1562: ...he settings G3 Switch 06 SP No 1 105 007 No Function Comments 0 3 Initial Rx modem rate kbps These bits set the initial starting modem rate for reception Use a lower setting if high speeds pose proble...

Page 1563: ...gth of wire between the modem and the telephone exchange Use the dedicated transmission parameters for specific receivers Also try using the cable equalizer if one or more of the following symptoms oc...

Page 1564: ...ion Comments 0 1 Maximum allowable carrier drop during image data reception These bits set the acceptable modem carrier drop time Try a longer setting if error code 0 22 is frequent Bit 1 Bit 0 Value...

Page 1565: ...ngs G3 Switch 0C SP No 1 105 013 No Function Comments 0 3 Not used Do not change these settings 4 5 Select detection of DTMF DP detection when using remote switch 00 DTMF PSTN Simultaneous detection 0...

Page 1566: ...Alarm when the handset is off hook at the end of communication 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If the customer wants to hear an alarm if the handset is off hook at the end of fax communication change this bit to...

Page 1567: ...r UDP protocol for IP Fax 2 IP Fax single port selection 0 OFF 1 ON enable Selects single data port 3 IP Fax double ports single data port selection 0 OFF 1 ON enable Selects whether IP Fax uses a dou...

Page 1568: ...witch combination Waiting time set value level x 100 ms Max 0f 1500 ms Min 00 No wait time The default is 0000 00H IP Fax Switch 02 SP No 1 111 003 No Function Comments 0 IP Fax bit signal reverse set...

Page 1569: ...Not used Do not change these settings IP Fax Switch 03 SP No 1 111 004 No Function Comments 0 Effective field limitation for G3 standard function information 0 OFF 1 4byte DIS Limits the effective fi...

Page 1570: ...t 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 kbps 0 0 0 1 2 4 0 0 1 1 4 8 0 0 1 1 7 2 0 1 0 0 9 6 0 1 0 1 12 0 0 1 1 0 14 4 4 5 Modem setting for transmission Sets the modem type for transmission The default is 00 V29 Bit 5...

Page 1571: ...DIS reception 4 Number of times for training 0 1 time 1 2 times Selects the number of times training is done at the same bit rate 5 Space CSI transmission setting at no CSI registration 0 Not transmi...

Page 1572: ...tween the SIP server and the device decides whether IPv4 or IPv6 is used for the I F setting for fax communication 2 Record route setting 0 Disable 1 Enable 0 Disables the record route function of the...

Page 1573: ...11 013 No Function Comments 0 1 SIP IP FAX port mode UDP 00 3 port mode 01 2 port mode 10 1 port mode Switch the port mode for IP FAX T38 transport UDP at SIP call control 2 3 SIP IP FAX port mode TCP...

Page 1574: ...rd NCU RAM Addr Function Remarks CC 680500 Country Area code for NCU parameters Use the Hex value to program the country area code directly into this address or use the decimal value to program it usi...

Page 1575: ...opening the OHDI relay 1 ms See Notes A D and E SP2 103 012 12 68054B Break time for pulse dialing 1 ms See Note A SP2 103 013 13 68054C Make time for pulse dialing 1 ms See Note A SP2 103 014 14 6805...

Page 1576: ...parameter C The calculated level must be between 0 and 10 The attenuation levels calculated from RAM data are High frequency tone 0 5 x N680552 680554 3 5 dBm 0 5 x N680555 dBm Low frequency tone 0 5...

Page 1577: ...witches 680050 to 68005F H Printer bit switches 680060 to 68007F H Communication bit switches 680080 to 68008F H G3 bit switches 680090 to 68009F H G3 2 bit switches Not used 6800A0 to 6800AF H G3 3 b...

Page 1578: ...Bit 7 Inclusion of a sample image on reports 0 Off 1 On 6800D5 H User parameter switch 05 SWUSR_05 Bit 0 Substitute reception when the base copier is in an SC condition 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Bits 1 and...

Page 1579: ...800DB H User parameter switch 11 SWUSR_0B Bits 0 and 1 Not used Bit 2 White original detection 0 Off 1 On alarm and alert message on the LCD Bit 3 Receive rejection for 1300 Hz transmission 0 Off rece...

Page 1580: ...meter switch 17 SWUSR_11 Bit 0 Not used Bit 1 Not used Bit 2 Inclusion of the Add button when a sequence of Quick Speed dials is selected for broadcasting 0 Not needed 1 Needed Bits 3 to 6 Not used Bi...

Page 1581: ...nt results of sending reception notice request message 0 Disabled print only when error occurs 1 Enabled Bit 1 Respond to e mail reception acknowledgment request 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Bit 2 Not used Bi...

Page 1582: ...6 SWUSR_24 Maximum number of redials when sending a backup file 6800F5 H User parameter switch 37 SWUSR_25 Bit 0 Whether to stop sending a backup file if the destination folder becomes full while the...

Page 1583: ...0 to 68010F H G4 Parameter Switches Not used 680110 to 68012F H G4 Internal Switches Not used 680130 to 68016F H Service Switches 680170 to 68017F H IFAX Switches 680180 to 68018F H IP FAX Switches 68...

Page 1584: ...1 EXP 680458 H Printing format for TTI 10 0 DOM 1 EXP 680459 to 68046C H PSTN 1 CSI Max 20 characters ASCII 68046D to 680480 H PSTN 2 CSI Max 20 characters ASCII 680481 to 680494 H PSTN 3 CSI Max 20...

Page 1585: ...to 680829 H Own fax PABX extension number Not used 68082A to 680833 H Own fax number PSTN Not used 680834 to 680847 H Own fax number ISDN G4 Not used 680848 to 680853 H The first subscriber number ISD...

Page 1586: ...ters ASCII 6871EC to 6871EF H Mail reception counter Max 24 characters ASCII 6A6DEE H to 6A70ED H SIP server address Read only 6A6DEE H Proxy server Main Max 128 characters ASCII 6A6E6E H Proxy server...

Page 1587: ...following order 0x04 0x40 0x03 0x60 0x64 0xf4 0x01 0x64 0x04 0xc8 0x00 6B3AE4 H Dial tone detection frequency Upper limit High Defaults NA 06 EU 06 ASIA 06 6B3AE5 H Dial tone detection frequency Uppe...

Page 1588: ...il parameter select E mail then press Start Make sure that the LED of the Start button lights green 5 The settings for the switch 00 are now displayed Press the bit number that you wish to change 6 To...

Page 1589: ...he length of wire between the modem and the telephone exchange when calling the number stored in this Quick Speed Dial Also try using the cable equalizer if one or more of the following symptoms occur...

Page 1590: ...ed resolutions If the setting is Inch mm conversion available Inch mm conversion become effective to the special senders If the setting is Disabled the bit switch setting is used 2 3 DIS NSF detection...

Page 1591: ...abled If the setting is Disabled the bit switch setting is used Switch 04 Not used do not change the settings Switch 05 Not used do not change the settings Switch 06 Not used do not change the setting...

Page 1592: ...achment B4 0 Off 1 On Sets the original width of the e mail attachment as B4 2 Original width of e mail attachment A3 0 Off 1 On Sets the original width of the e mail attachment as A3 3 6 Not used Do...

Page 1593: ...ences the settings for Bits 00 01 02 04 above The 1 selection ignores the selections of Bits 00 01 02 04 Switch 03 Not used do not change the settings Switch 04 No FUNCTION COMMENTS 0 Full mode addres...

Page 1594: ...9 D0CK 1 OFF 1 7 Not used Do not change these settings Switch 06 Not used do not change the settings Switch 07 Not used do not change the settings Switch 08 Not used do not change the settings Switch...

Page 1595: ...stom 216 mm x 600 mm 8 5 x 23 6 Maximum Scanning Size 216 mm x 600 mm 8 5 x 23 6 Print Process LED alley and electro photographic printing Transmissi on speed 33 600 31 200 28 800 26 400 24 000 21 600...

Page 1596: ...fications SM 121 D0CK Item Standard Memory capacity for memory transmission Note 320 Measured using an ITU T 1 test document Slerexe letter at the standard resolution the auto image density mode and t...

Page 1597: ...POP3 SMTP IMAP4 TCP IP E mail Format Single Multi part MIME Conversion Attached file forms TIFF F MH MR 1 MMR 1 compression Authentication method SMTP AUTH POP before SMTP A POP Internet communicatio...

Page 1598: ...Maximum scanning size 216 mm x 600 mm 8 5 x 23 6 Transmission protocol Recommended T 38 TCP UDP IP communication SIP RFC 3261 compliant H 323 v2 Compatible machines IP Fax compatible machines IP Fax...

Page 1599: ...ion D0CK 124 SM 5 4 FAX UNIT CONFIGURATION Component Code Callout Remarks FCU PCB2 D0CK02 1 Included with the fax unit Speaker 2 Fax Connection Unit Type M41 D0CK Optional This is used to set up the r...

Page 1600: ...Latest Release Nov 2019 Initial Release Nov 2019 Copyright c 2019 Ricoh Co Ltd Rev 10 14 2020 Paper Feed Unit PB1170 D3GQ SERVICE MANUAL Ver 1 0...

Page 1601: ......

Page 1602: ...Feed SEF B Long Edge Feed LEF Trademarks Adobe Acrobat PageMaker PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or o...

Page 1603: ...ion This product includes RSA BSAFE Cryptographic software of EMC Corporation RSA and BSAFE are registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and other countries The prop...

Page 1604: ...erver 2008 R2 are as follows Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise The product names of Windows Server 2012 are as follows Microsoft Windows Server 2012...

Page 1605: ......

Page 1606: ...3 2 6 FRICTION PAD 14 2 7 VERTICAL TRANSPORT ROLLERS 15 2 7 1 VERTICAL TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVEN SIDE 15 2 7 2 VERTICAL TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVING SIDE 15 2 8 PAPER END SENSOR S2 REMAINING PAPER SENSOR S3...

Page 1607: ...End Fence J Cover Sensor SW1 C Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor S5 K Friction Pad D Tray Bottom Plate HP Sensor S4 L Tray Set Sensor SW2 E Paper End Sensor S2 M Bottom Plate Lift lever F Remaining Paper...

Page 1608: ...ensation Heater Option D Paper Feed Clutch CL2 B Controller Board PCB1 E Tray Lift Motor M2 C Paper transport Motor M1 Callout Item Callout Item A Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor S5 E Tray Set Sensor SW...

Page 1609: ...Overview D3GQ 4 SM Callout Item Callout Item C Paper Transport Clutch CL1 G Remaining Paper Sensor S3 D Cover Sensor SW1 H Paper Transport Sensor S1...

Page 1610: ...1 The paper feed clutch CL2 C is turned on until the paper transport clutch CL1 B starts to rotate 2 The paper transport clutch CL1 B is turned on until the paper reaches the mainframe The paper tran...

Page 1611: ...end sensor S2 A and the rear side of the actuator is for the remaining paper sensor S3 B The paper transport sensor S1 E acts as a paper feed sensor This machine uses the friction pad method same as...

Page 1612: ...plate pressure lever A the pressing spring and the tray bottom plate lift lever E The pulses from the lift lever encoder C are detected by the tray bottom plate lift sensor S5 B The tray lift motor is...

Page 1613: ...the power cord the telephone line and the network cable Do not lift the machine together with one or more paper feed unit s If there is already a machine with one or more optional paper feed unit s be...

Page 1614: ...Rear Cover SM 9 D3GQ 2 2 REAR COVER 1 Remove the rear cover A...

Page 1615: ...Upper Cover D3GQ 10 SM 2 3 UPPER COVER 1 Remove the machine from the optional tray 2 Remove the upper cover A...

Page 1616: ...CB1 SM 11 D3GQ 2 4 CONTROLLER BOARD PCB1 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the rear stay A 3 Remove the controller board PCB1 A 2 4 1 CONTROLLER BOARD PCB1 WITH THE BRACKET 1 Remove the rear...

Page 1617: ...Controller Board PCB1 D3GQ 12 SM 2 Remove the rear stay A 3 Remove the controller board PCB1 with the bracket A...

Page 1618: ...PM Yield Parts of Field Service Manual 3 Turn the power OFF Replacing the Paper Feed Roller 1 Pull out the paper tray 2 Do the following steps Remove all clips on the shaft and move the roller A to t...

Page 1619: ...fer to Chapter 3 Replacement Procedure of the PM Yield Parts of Field Service Manual 3 Turn the power OFF Replacing the Friction Pad 1 Remove the paper feed roller Paper Feed Roller 2 Remove the frict...

Page 1620: ...7 1 VERTICAL TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVEN SIDE 1 Open the vertical transport cover A 2 Remove the vertical transport roller A Hooks 2 2 7 2 VERTICAL TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVING SIDE 1 Remove the upper cover U...

Page 1621: ...ansport Rollers D3GQ 16 SM 3 Remove the stay A 4 Remove the sensor bracket A and grounding plate B and then loosen the discharge plate C 5 Remove the two bearings A and shaft B with the vertical trans...

Page 1622: ...Vertical Transport Rollers SM 17 D3GQ 6 Remove the vertical transport roller Driving side A Bearing 1...

Page 1623: ...Sensor S2 Remaining Paper Sensor S3 D3GQ 18 SM 2 8 PAPER END SENSOR S2 REMAINING PAPER SENSOR S3 1 Remove the upper cover Upper Cover 2 Remove the paper end sensor assembly A 3 Remove the feeler A Sna...

Page 1624: ...Paper End Sensor S2 Remaining Paper Sensor S3 SM 19 D3GQ 4 Remove the paper end sensor S2 A and remaining paper sensor S3 B hooks 3 each...

Page 1625: ...PORT SENSOR S1 1 Remove the grounding plate and cover sensor bracket Cover Sensor SW1 2 Remove the paper transport sensor with bracket A 3 Remove the paper transport sensor S1 A Hooks 3 4 Remove the a...

Page 1626: ...PLATE LIFT SENSOR S5 1 Remove the tray lift motor M2 Tray Lift Motor M2 2 Remove the tray bottom plate lift sensor with the bracket A 1 2 3 Remove the tray bottom plate lift sensor S5 A Hooks 3 2 10 2...

Page 1627: ...Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor and HP Sensor D3GQ 22 SM 2 Remove the tray bottom plate HP sensor S4 with the bracket A 1 2 3 Remove the tray bottom plate HP sensor S4 A Hooks 3...

Page 1628: ...Tray Set Sensor SW2 SM 23 D3GQ 2 11 TRAY SET SENSOR SW2 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Pull out the tray set sensor SW2 A from the front while releasing the hooks Hooks 2...

Page 1629: ...Sensor SW1 D3GQ 24 SM 2 12 COVER SENSOR SW1 1 Open the right door 2 Remove the upper cover Upper Cover 3 Remove the stay A the sensor bracket B and grounding plate C 4 Remove the cover sensor SW1 A Ho...

Page 1630: ...2 SM 25 D3GQ 2 13 TRAY LIFT MOTOR M2 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the rear stay A 3 Remove the controller board PCB1 with bracket Controller Board PCB1 with the Bracket 4 Remove the tra...

Page 1631: ...Paper Transport Motor M1 D3GQ 26 SM 2 14 PAPER TRANSPORT MOTOR M1 1 Remove the rear cover Rear Cover 2 Remove the rear stay A 3 Remove the paper transport motor M1 A...

Page 1632: ...7 D3GQ 2 15 PAPER TRANSPORT CLUTCH CL1 AND PAPER FEED CLUTCH CL2 1 Remove the paper transport motor Paper Transport Motor M1 2 Remove the paper feed gear assembly A 3 Remove all screws clips clamps e...

Page 1633: ...Paper Feed Clutch CL2 D3GQ 28 SM 5 Remove the heat dissipation plate A 6 Pull out the Paper transport clutch CL1 A and paper feed clutch CL2 B from the bracket Refer to the above photo when reassembli...

Page 1634: ...Latest Release Nov 2019 Initial Release Nov 2019 Copyright c 2019 Ricoh Co Ltd Rev 10 14 2020 1 Bin Tray BN1040 D574 SERVICE MANUAL Ver 1 0...

Page 1635: ......

Page 1636: ...ed in the U S and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows Server Windows Vista Internet Explorer and Outlook are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corp in the United States and...

Page 1637: ...soft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition The product names of Windows Server 2003 R2 are as follows Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edi...

Page 1638: ...ts to those marks Microsoft product screen shots reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation Symbols and Abbreviations This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations The meaning of those...

Page 1639: ......

Page 1640: ...ents 1 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS 2 OVERVIEW 2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 3 PAPER EXIT FROM 1 BIN TRAY UNIT 4 2 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 5 BEFOREHAND 5 1 BIN TRAY PAPER REMAINING SENSOR 6 1 BIN TRAY EXIT SENS...

Page 1641: ...Overview D574 2 SM 1 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS 1 1 OVERVIEW Callout Item Callout Item A Paper Exit Tray D Paper Exit Roller B 1 Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor E 1 Bin Tray Exit Sensor C 1 Bin LED Board...

Page 1642: ...Electrical Components SM 3 D574 1 2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Callout Item Callout Item A 1 Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor C 1 Bin LED Board B 1 Bin Tray Exit Sensor...

Page 1643: ...rt path as usual even if duplex is used The1 bin tray paper remaining sensor A detects the fed out paper and the LED B blinks to inform users that there is paper on the 1 bin tray after the end of the...

Page 1644: ...ory the lists of user programmed items and the system parameter list If there are printer jobs in the machine print out all jobs in the printer buffer Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power...

Page 1645: ...e 1 bin tray unit See 1 Bin Tray BN1040 in the mainframe service manual 2 Remove the 1 bin tray upper cover A 3 Remove the 1 bin tray paper remaining sensor bracket A 4 Remove the 1 bin tray paper rem...

Page 1646: ...nit See 1 Bin Tray BN1040 in the mainframe service manual 2 Remove the 1 bin tray upper cover 1 Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor 3 Remove the 1 bin tray exit sensor bracket A 2 4 Remove the 1 bin tray...

Page 1647: ...1 Bin LED Board D574 8 SM 2 4 1 BIN LED BOARD 1 Remove the 1 Bin tray unit See 1 Bin Tray BN1040 in the mainframe service manual 2 Remove the 1 bin LED board cover A 3 Remove the 1 bin LED board A...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for D0C8

Canon ImageCLASS MF3240 Series Advanced Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF3240 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 62
Canon ImageCLASS MF4270 Operation Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF4270
Brand: Canon Pages: 226
Canon imageCLASS D660 Setup Instructions preview
imageCLASS D660
Brand: Canon Pages: 8
Canon ImageCLASS MF3240 Series Basic Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF3240 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 136
Canon Color imageRUNNER C5180 Series Service Manual preview
Color imageRUNNER C5180 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 851
Canon imageCLASS D320 Printer Manual preview
imageCLASS D320
Brand: Canon Pages: 121
Canon imageCLASS MF212w User Manual preview
imageCLASS MF212w
Brand: Canon Pages: 236
Canon imageCLASS D760 Reference Manual preview
imageCLASS D760
Brand: Canon Pages: 82
Canon imageclass LBP251dw Settings Manual preview
imageclass LBP251dw
Brand: Canon Pages: 72
Canon ImageCLASS MF4270 Basic Operation Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF4270
Brand: Canon Pages: 248
Canon ImageCLASS MF4270 Starter Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF4270
Brand: Canon Pages: 36
Canon imageCLASS D760 Setup Instructions preview
imageCLASS D760
Brand: Canon Pages: 8
Canon imageCLASS MF4100 Series Service Manual preview
imageCLASS MF4100 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 140
Canon imageclass LBP251dw Getting Started preview
imageclass LBP251dw
Brand: Canon Pages: 116
Canon imageCLASS D860 Basic Manual preview
imageCLASS D860
Brand: Canon Pages: 73
Canon imageCLASS D1320 Starter Manual preview
imageCLASS D1320
Brand: Canon Pages: 36
Canon ImageCLASS MF3240 Series Starter Manual preview
ImageCLASS MF3240 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 15
Canon imageCLASS D550 Basic Operation Manual preview
imageCLASS D550
Brand: Canon Pages: 116

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands